HP 3300 User guide

HP 3300 User guide
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
User Guide
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
User Guide
© Copyright 2005 Hewlett-Packard
Development Company, L.P.
The information contained herein is
subject to change without notice.
with, or arising out of the furnishing,
performance, or use of this document
and the program material which it
describes.
Reproduction, adaptation or
translation without prior written
permission is prohibited, except as
allowed under copyright laws.
Note Regulatory
information can be found in
Technical information.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Adobe and the Acrobat logo are either
registered trademarks or trademarks
of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the
United States and/or other countries.
It is not lawful in many places to make
copies of the following items. When in
doubt, check with a legal
representative first.
●
Windows®, Windows NT®, Windows
ME®, Windows XP®, and Windows
2000® are U.S. registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
Intel® and Pentium® are registered
trademarks of Intel Corporation.
Energy Star® and Energy Star logo®
are US registered marks of the United
States Environmental Protection
Agency.
This product includes software
developed by the OpenSSL Project.
© Copyright 1998-2004 The
OpenSSL Project. © Copyright
1995-1998 Eric Young
([email protected]). All rights
reserved. This product includes
cryptographic software written by Eric
Young ([email protected] This
product might include software written
by Tim Hudson ([email protected]).
Portions of the software are ©
Copyright 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai
Open Source Software Center Ltd.
and Clark Cooper. © Copyright 2001,
2002, 2003 Expat maintainers.
–
–
–
–
●
●
●
●
●
The Hewlett-Packard Company shall
not be liable for incidental or
consequential damages in connection
Postage stamps
Food stamps
Checks or drafts drawn on
Governmental agencies
Paper currency, traveler’s
checks, or money orders
Certificates of deposit
Copyrighted works
Safety information
Warning To prevent fire or
shock hazard, do not expose
this product to rain or any
type of moisture.
Always follow basic safety
precautions when using this product
to reduce risk of injury from fire or
electric shock.
Warning
hazard
First edition: May 2005
The only warranties for HP products
and services are set forth in the
express warranty statements
accompanying such products and
services. Nothing herein should be
construed as constituting an
additional warranty. HP shall not be
liable for technical or editorial errors
or omissions contained herein.
Passports
Immigration papers
Selective service papers
Identification badges,
cards, or insignias
Governmental stamps:
–
–
Publication number: Q5861-90223
Notice
Governmental paper or
documents:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Potential shock
Read and understand all
instructions in the Setup Guide.
Use only a grounded electrical
outlet when connecting the
device to a power source. If you
do not know whether the outlet
is grounded, check with a
qualified electrician.
Observe all warnings and
instructions marked on the
product.
Unplug this product from wall
outlets before cleaning.
9.
10.
Do not install or use this product
near water or when you are wet.
Install the product securely on a
stable surface.
Install the product in a protected
location where no one can step
on or trip over the power cord,
and where the power cord will
not be damaged.
If the product does not operate
normally, see the onscreen
Troubleshooting help.
No operator-serviceable parts
inside. Refer servicing to
qualified service personnel.
Use in a well-ventilated area.
Warning This equipment
will be inoperable when
main power fails.
Caution The ink cartridge
might become pressurized.
Inserting a foreign object
into the ink cartridge could
result in ink being expelled
onto persons or property.
Contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
User Guide
HP All-in-One overview........................................................................................5
The HP All-in-One at a glance ...............................................................................5
Control panel overview ..........................................................................................7
Menu overview ....................................................................................................10
Text and symbols ................................................................................................14
Use the HP Image Zone software ........................................................................17
Find more information........................................................................................ 19
Sources of information .........................................................................................19
Use the onscreen Help ........................................................................................21
Finish setting up your HP All-in-One................................................................27
Set your preferences ...........................................................................................27
Connection information ........................................................................................29
Fax setup .............................................................................................................34
Connect to a network.........................................................................................59
Wireless infrastructure network setup ..................................................................59
Wireless ad hoc network setup ............................................................................63
Wired network setup ............................................................................................68
Install the software for a network connection .......................................................70
Connect to additional computers on a network ....................................................72
Change the HP All-in-One from a USB connection to a network connection .......72
Manage your network settings .............................................................................73
Network troubleshooting ......................................................................................85
Load originals and load paper...........................................................................91
Load documents, photos, slides, and negatives ..................................................91
Choose papers for printing and copying ..............................................................96
Select an input tray ..............................................................................................97
Load paper ..........................................................................................................98
Avoid paper jams ...............................................................................................103
Use the photo and video features...................................................................105
Insert a memory card .........................................................................................105
Connect a digital camera ...................................................................................106
Connect a storage device ..................................................................................107
View photos and videos .....................................................................................108
Select photos and videos ................................................................................... 109
Edit photos .........................................................................................................112
Print photos and videos from the control panel ..................................................112
Set photo print options .......................................................................................116
Save photos to your computer ...........................................................................116
Share photos with friends and relatives .............................................................117
Share your images with family and friends....................................................119
Send images to others .......................................................................................119
Receive images from others ..............................................................................119
Print to your HP All-in-One from a remote location ............................................121
Configure HP Instant Share ...............................................................................121
1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
2
Use the copy features......................................................................................123
Make a copy ......................................................................................................123
Change the copy settings ..................................................................................123
Preview your copy job ........................................................................................ 124
Make a borderless copy of a photo ....................................................................125
Crop an original .................................................................................................126
Stop copying ......................................................................................................126
Print from your computer................................................................................127
Print from a software application .......................................................................127
Change the print settings ...................................................................................128
Stop a print job ..................................................................................................129
Use the scan features....................................................................................... 131
Scan an image ...................................................................................................131
Share a scanned image with friends and relatives ............................................133
Print a scanned image .......................................................................................134
Edit a scanned image ........................................................................................134
Use the fax features.......................................................................................... 135
Send a fax .........................................................................................................135
Receive a fax .....................................................................................................138
Print reports .......................................................................................................140
Stop faxing .........................................................................................................142
Order supplies..................................................................................................143
Order paper, transparency film, or other media .................................................143
Order ink cartridges ...........................................................................................143
Order accessories .............................................................................................144
Order other supplies ..........................................................................................144
Maintain your HP All-in-One............................................................................145
Clean the HP All-in-One ....................................................................................145
Check the estimated ink levels ..........................................................................146
Print a self-test report ........................................................................................147
Work with ink cartridges .....................................................................................148
Self-maintenance sounds ..................................................................................152
Troubleshooting information...........................................................................153
View the Readme file .........................................................................................154
Setup troubleshooting ........................................................................................154
Operational troubleshooting ...............................................................................174
Device update ....................................................................................................176
HP warranty and support ................................................................................179
Warranty ............................................................................................................179
Before you call HP customer support ................................................................181
Access your serial number and service ID .........................................................181
Get support and other information from the Internet ..........................................182
Call in North America during warranty ...............................................................182
Call elsewhere in the world ................................................................................182
HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan) ................................................................. 184
Prepare your HP All-in-One for shipment ..........................................................184
Pack your HP All-in-One ....................................................................................187
Technical information .....................................................................................189
System requirements .........................................................................................189
Paper specifications ..........................................................................................189
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Contents
Print specifications .............................................................................................191
Copy specifications ............................................................................................192
Fax specifications ..............................................................................................192
Memory card specifications ...............................................................................193
Scan specifications ............................................................................................193
Physical specifications .......................................................................................194
Power specifications ..........................................................................................194
Environmental specifications .............................................................................194
Additional specifications ....................................................................................194
Environmental product stewardship program ....................................................194
Regulatory notices .............................................................................................196
Regulatory notices for wireless products ...........................................................199
Declaration of conformity (European Economic Area) .......................................200
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series declaration of conformity ......................201
Index.........................................................................................................................203
User Guide
3
4
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
1
HP All-in-One overview
Overview
You can access many HP All-in-One functions directly, without turning on your
computer. You can quickly and easily accomplish tasks such as making a copy,
sending a fax, or printing photos from a memory card or storage device from your
HP All-in-One.
This chapter describes the HP All-in-One hardware features, control panel functions,
and how to access the HP Image Zone software.
Tip You can do more with your HP All-in-One by using the HP Image Zone
software installed on your computer. The software includes copy, fax, scan,
and photo functionality, as well as troubleshooting tips and helpful information.
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help and Use the
HP Image Zone software.
The HP Image Zone software does not support Mac OS 9 and OS 10.0.0 10.1.4.
The HP All-in-One at a glance
This section describes all the parts located on the HP All-in-One, with descriptions of
each part.
The HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series parts
Label
Description
1
Lid backing: Provides a solid white back for scans, faxes, and copies. Remove
to scan slides and negatives.
2
Output tray extender
User Guide
5
Chapter 1
Overview
(continued)
Label
Description
3
Output tray
4
Paper-width guide for the main tray
5
Control panel: Use to access the HP All-in-One features. For information about
the buttons on the control panel, see HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
control panel features.
6
Control panel lever: Press this lever to rotate the control panel up and down.
7
Paper-length guide for the main tray
8
Paper-width guide for the photo tray
9
Paper-length guide for the photo tray
10
Input trays: The HP All-in-One has two trays for paper and other types of media.
The main tray is located on the bottom of the input tray and the photo tray is
located on the top.
11
Front USB port: Print photos directly from your camera or storage device.
12
Memory card slots: Print photos directly from a memory card.
13
Photo light: Indicates memory card or storage device access.
14
Wireless radio light: Indicates that the 802.11 b and g wireless radio is turned on.
15
Glass: Place a document on the glass to scan, copy, or fax.
16
Slide and Negative Film light: This light makes it possible to scan transparent
objects such as slides and negatives.
17
Slide and Negative Film holder: Load 35 mm slides or negatives in this holder
to scan them.
18
Lid
Label
Description
19
Slide and Negative Film light power cord: This cord provides power to the light
used to scan transparent objects such as slides and negatives.
20
Ethernet port and Ethernet indicator lights: Connect to a wired network.
6
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
(continued)
Description
21
Rear USB port
22
Fax ports (1-LINE and 2-EXT)
23
Rear clean-out door latch
24
Rear clean-out door
25
Power connection
Overview
Label
Control panel overview
This section describes the functions of the control panel buttons, lights, and keypad,
as well as the color graphics display icons and screen saver.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series control panel features
Label
Name and Description
1
On: Turn the HP All-in-One on or off. When the HP All-in-One is off, a minimal
amount of power is still supplied to the device.
2
Film: Presents or removes the Film Menu for selecting options. Scan slides and
negatives using the Slide and Negative holder and the Slide and Negative light in
the lid of your HP All-in-One.
3
Photo: Presents or removes the Photo Menu for selecting options. When the
button is lit, the photo function is selected. Use this button to set photo print
options, edit photos, and transfer photos to a computer.
4
Video: Presents or removes the Video Menu for selecting options. Play videos,
view video frames, and print frames from video.
5
Proof Sheet: Print a proof sheet when a memory card or storage device has been
inserted in the HP All-in-One. A proof sheet shows thumbnail views of all the
photos on the memory card or storage device. You can select photos on the proof
sheet, then print those photos by scanning the proof sheet.
User Guide
7
Chapter 1
Overview
(continued)
Label
Name and Description
6
Color graphics display: View menus, photos, messages, and videos.
7
Keypad: Enter numbers, values, or text, and navigate through menus.
8
Reverse, Play/Pause, Fast Forward: Play videos and navigate video frames.
9
Zoom in, Zoom out: Enlarge or reduce the appearance of the photo on the color
graphics display for cropping. This image is approximately what the printed image
will look like.
10
Rotate: Rotate the currently displayed photo on the color graphics display 90
degrees. Subsequent presses continue to rotate the photo 90 degrees.
Symbols and *: Enter symbols and asterisks for fax-related tasks.
11
Select Photo: Select a range of photos or all photos.
Space and #: Enter spaces and pound signs for fax-related tasks.
12
Start Color: Start a color copy, scan, photo print, or fax job.
13
Start Black: Start a black-and-white copy, scan, photo print, or fax job.
14
Cancel: Stop a job, exit a menu, or exit settings.
15
Up arrow: Navigate up through menu options, move the viewing area up in zoom
mode, increase the video volume, or navigate the visual keyboard.
Down arrow: Navigate down through menu options, move the viewing area down
in zoom mode, decrease the video volume, or navigate the visual keyboard.
Right arrow: Increase values, move the viewing area right in zoom mode,
navigate the visual keyboard, or go forward when viewing photos on the color
graphics display.
Left arrow: Decrease values, move the viewing area left in zoom mode, navigate
the visual keyboard, go back when viewing photos on the color graphics display, or
exit menus.
16
OK: Select a menu, image, setting, or value on the color graphics display.
17
Attention light: Indicates a problem occurred. See the color graphics display for
more information.
18
Scan: Presents or removes the Scan To menu or the Scan Menu (depending on
whether the HP All-in-One is connected to a computer with a USB cable, or
through a network) for selecting options. Select the scan function. When the button
is lit, the scan function is selected.
19
Fax: Presents or removes the Fax Menu for selecting options. Select the fax
function. When the button is lit, the fax function is selected.
20
HP Instant Share: Send or receive images directly from a network-connected
HP All-in-One. If your HP All-in-One is USB-connected, you can send images
using the HP Instant Share software on your computer.
8
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
(continued)
Name and Description
21
Copy: Presents or removes the Copy Menu for selecting options. Select the copy
function. When the button is lit, the copy function is selected. The button is lit by
default.
22
Help: Display a list of specific help topics. The topic that you select opens a help
window on your computer screen.
23
Photo tray light: Indicates that paper from the photo tray is used.
24
Photo tray: Select the photo tray for a specific photo print job or copy job from the
control panel.
25
Setup: Access the menu system for device preferences, reports, and maintenance.
Overview
Label
Color graphics display icons
The following icons appear at the bottom of the color graphics display to provide
important information about your HP All-in-One.
Icon
Purpose
Shows that the ink cartridge is nearly empty. The color of the icon
corresponds to the color of the ink cartridge, and the fill level of the
icon corresponds to the fill level of the ink cartridge.
Shows that an unknown ink cartridge is inserted. This icon might
appear if an ink cartridge contains non-HP ink.
Shows that you can view the second set of icons on the color
graphics display.
Shows that a wired network connection exists.
If the icon color is gray instead of blue, it shows that the device is
network-capable but no wired network connection exists.
Shows that the HP All-in-One has wireless networking capability, but
no wireless network connection exists. This icon is gray when a
wireless network signal is not available, and blue when a signal
exists. This is for infrastructure mode. For more information, see
Connect to a network.
User Guide
9
Chapter 1
(continued)
Icon
Purpose
Overview
Shows that a wireless network connection exists. The signal strength
is indicated by the number of curved lines. This is for infrastructure
mode. For more information, see Connect to a network.
Shows that an ad hoc, or computer-to-computer, wireless network
connection exists. For more information, see Connect to a network.
Shows that an HP Instant Share message has been received.
If the HP Instant Share icon is not present, there is no new mail or
HP Instant Share was not set up. For more information on setting up
HP Instant Share, see Receive images from others.
If the HP Instant Share icon color is gray instead of blue, the Auto
Checking function is turned off. For more information on Auto
Checking, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Shows that a Bluetooth adapter is installed, and a connection exists.
(A separate Bluetooth adapter is required.)
For more information on setting up Bluetooth, see Connection
information.
Color graphics display sleep mode
To prolong the life of the color graphics display, the display dims after two minutes of
inactivity. After 60 minutes of inactivity, the color graphics display goes into Sleep
mode and the screen shuts off completely. The display turns back on when you press
a control panel button, lift the lid, insert a memory card, access the HP All-in-One from
a connected computer, or connect a storage device or a camera to the front USB port.
Menu overview
The following sections provide a quick reference to top-level menus that appear on
the HP All-in-One color graphics display.
Photo Menu
The following Photo Menu options are available when you press the Photo button on
the control panel.
1.Easy Print Wizard
2.Print Options
3.Special Features
10
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
(continued)
4.Edit
5.Transfer to Computer
Overview
6.HP Instant Share
7.Slideshow
8.Set as Wallpaper
Video Menu
The following Video Menu options are available when you press the Video button on
the control panel.
1.Easy Print Wizard
2.Print Options
3.Special Features
Film Menu
The following Film Menu options are available when you press the Film button on the
control panel.
1.Scan to Computer
2.Scan to Memory Device
3.View and Print
4.Original Type
5.Show How to Use
Negatives
6.Show How to Use Slides
Proof Sheet Menu
The following Proof Sheet Menu options are available when you press the Proof
Sheet button on the control panel. A proof sheet enables you to view your photos
from a memory card or a storage device in an index sheet format, and also to print
selected photos easily from a memory card or a storage device.
1.Print Proof Sheet
2.Scan Proof Sheet
User Guide
11
Chapter 1
Copy Menu
Overview
The following Copy Menu options are available when you press the Copy button on
the control panel.
1.Number of Copies
2.Copy Preview
3.Reduce/Enlarge
4.Crop
5.Tray Select
6.Paper Size
7.Paper Type
8.Copy Quality
9.Lighter/Darker
0.Enhancements
.Set New Defaults
Scan To menu
The following Scan To menu options are available when you press the Scan button
on the control panel. This menu only appears when you press the Scan button if your
HP All-in-One is connected to your computer with a USB cable. The options available
on this menu vary depending on the software applications installed on your computer.
Note If your HP All-in-One is connected to a network, the Scan Menu
appears when you press the Scan button. For more information, see Scan Menu.
1.HP Image Zone
2.Microsoft PowerPoint
3.HP Instant Share
4.Memory Device
12
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Scan Menu
Overview
The following Scan Menu options are available when you press the Scan button on
the control panel. This menu only appears when you press the Scan button if your
HP All-in-One is connected to a network. The Scan Menu enables you to select a
connected computer before displaying other scan options.
Note If your HP All-in-One is connected to a computer with a USB cable, the
Scan To menu appears when you press the Scan button. For more
information, see Scan To menu.
1.Select Computer
2.HP Instant Share
3.Memory Device
HP Instant Share Menu
This menu applies only if the HP All-in-One is connected to a network. If your HP Allin-One connects to your computer with a USB cable, you can access HP Instant
Share through your computer.
1.Send
2.Receive
3.HP Instant Share Options
4.Add New Destination
Fax Menu
The following Fax Menu options are available when you press the Fax button on the
control panel twice.
1.Resolution
2.Lighter/Darker
3.Send Fax Later
4.Set New Defaults
Setup Menu
The following Setup Menu options are available when you press the Setup button on
the control panel.
1.Print Report
2.Speed Dial Setup
3.Basic Fax Setup
4.Advanced Fax Setup
User Guide
13
Chapter 1
(continued)
5.Tools
Overview
6.Preferences
7.Network
8.HP Instant Share
9.Bluetooth
Note The Bluetooth option is not available on this menu unless you have an
HP Bluetooth adapter inserted into the front USB port.
Select Function Menu
The following Select Function menu options are available when you press the Photo
Tray button on the control panel.
Note When you use the Photo Tray button from within the Photo Menu or
the Copy Menu, these options do not appear. These options appear when you
start from the idle screen only.
1.Copy
2.Photo
Help Menu
The following Help Menu options are available when you press the Help button on
the control panel. Select specific help topics to view them on your computer screen.
1.How do I
2.Error Messages
3.Ink Cartridges
4.Load Originals and Load Paper
5.General Troubleshooting
6.Network Troubleshooting
7.Use Fax Features
8.Scan Slides and Negative Film
9.Get Support
0.Icon Glossary
Text and symbols
You can enter text and symbols from the control panel by using the visual keyboard. It
appears automatically on the color graphics display when setting up a wired or
wireless network, the fax header information, or speed dial entries. You can also use
the keypad on the control panel to enter text and symbols.
14
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Note If you want to enter a symbol in your fax number, such as a dash, you
need to enter the symbol by using the keypad.
Enter text using the visual keyboard
You can enter text or symbols by using the visual keyboard that automatically appears
on the color graphics display when you need to enter text. For example, the visual
keyboard automatically appears when you are setting up a wired or wireless network,
the fax header information, or speed dial entries.
Tip You can also enter text and numbers using the visual keyboard by using
the keypad on the control panel of your HP All-in-One. Press a button
numerous times to access additional letters. For instance, press 2 three times
to enter the letter C.
To enter text using the visual keyboard
1. To select a letter, number, or symbol in the visual keyboard, press
to highlight the appropriate selection.
,
,
, and
To enter lowercase letters, uppercase letters, numbers, and symbols
– To enter lowercase letters, select the abc button on the visual keyboard, and
then press OK.
– To enter uppercase letters, select the ABC button on the visual keyboard,
and then press OK.
– To enter numbers and symbols, select the 123 button on the visual
keyboard, and then press OK.
To add a space
To add a space, press
on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.
Note Make sure you use the on the visual keyboard to add a space.
You will not be able to add a space by using the arrow buttons on the
control panel.
2.
Once you have highlighted the appropriate letter, number, or symbol, press OK
on the control panel to select it.
The selection appears on the color graphics display.
Tip To erase a letter, number, or symbol, select Clear on the visual
keyboard, and then press OK.
3.
User Guide
When you are finished entering text, numbers, or symbols, select Done on the
visual keyboard, and then press OK.
15
Overview
You can also enter symbols from the keypad when you dial a fax or phone number.
When the HP All-in-One dials the number, it will interpret the symbol and respond
accordingly. For example, if you enter a dash in the fax number, the HP All-in-One will
pause before dialing the remainder of the number. A pause is useful if you need to
access an outside line before dialing the fax number.
Chapter 1
Enter text using the keypad on the control panel
Overview
You can enter text or symbols by using the keypad on the control panel. Your
selections will appear in the visual keyboard on the color graphics display.
To enter text using the keypad on the control panel
1. Press the keypad number that corresponds to the letter you want to enter. For
example, the letters a, b, and c correspond to the number 2, as shown on the
button below.
Tip Press the button multiple times to see the available characters.
Depending on your language and country/region setting, additional
characters might be available.
2.
3.
4.
5.
16
After the correct letter appears, wait for the cursor to advance automatically to the
right, or press .
Press the number that corresponds to the next letter. Press the button multiple
times until the correct letter appears. The first letter of a word is automatically set
to uppercase.
To enter a space, pause, or symbol
– To insert a space, press Space (#).
– To enter a pause, press Symbols (*). A dash appears in the number
sequence.
– To enter a symbol, such as @, press the Symbols (*) button repeatedly to
scroll through the list of available symbols: asterisk (*), dash (-), ampersand
(&), period (.), slash (/), parentheses ( ), apostrophe ('), equals (=), number
sign (#), at (@), underscore (_), plus (+), exclamation (!), semi colon (;),
question (?), comma (,), colon (:), percent (%), and approximation (~).
If you make a mistake, press an arrow button to select Clear on the visual
keyboard, and then press OK.
When you are finished entering text, numbers, or symbols, press , , , or
to select Done on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Use the HP Image Zone software
The HP Image Zone software is installed on your computer when you set up your
HP All-in-One. For further information, see the Setup Guide that came with your device.
Note If you selected the minimum installation of the HP Image Zone
software, the HP Image Zone Express software is installed rather than the full
application. HP Image Zone Express is recommended for computers with
limited memory resources. HP Image Zone Express includes a basic set of
photo editing features instead of the standard set that is included on the full
installation of HP Image Zone.
The HP Image Zone Express software does not allow you to register your
network-connected HP All-in-One using HP Instant Share. You can still access
HP Instant Share from HP Image Zone Express on your computer, but you
will not be able to use the HP Instant Share features from the control panel
unless you install the full version of HP Image Zone.
Any mention of the HP Image Zone software in this guide and in the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help refers to both versions of HP Image Zone unless
otherwise noted.
You can quickly and easily expand the functionality of your HP All-in-One by using the
HP Image Zone software. Look for boxes like this throughout the guide that provide
topic-specific tips and helpful information for your projects.
Access to the HP Image Zone software differs by operating system (OS). For
example, if you have a Windows computer, the HP Image Zone software entry point
is the HP Solution Center. If you have a Mac, the HP Image Zone software entry
point is the HP Image Zone window. Regardless, the entry point serves as the
launching pad for the HP Image Zone software and services.
To open the HP Image Zone software on a Windows computer
1. Do one of the following:
– On the Windows desktop, double-click the HP Solution Center icon.
– In the system tray at the far right of the Windows taskbar, double-click the
HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon.
– On the taskbar, click Start, point to Programs or All Programs, select HP,
and then click HP Solution Center.
2. If you have more than one HP device installed, select the HP All-in-One tab.
Note On a Windows computer, the features available in the HP Solution
Center vary depending on the devices you have installed. The HP Solution
Center is customized to display icons associated with the selected device. If
the selected device is not equipped with a particular feature, then the icon for
that feature does not display in the HP Solution Center.
Tip If the HP Solution Center on your computer does not contain any icons,
an error might have occurred during the software installation. To correct this,
use the Control Panel in Windows to completely uninstall the HP Image Zone
User Guide
17
Overview
You can use the HP Image Zone software to access many features not available from
the control panel.
Chapter 1
Overview
software; then reinstall the software. For more information, see the Setup
Guide that came with your HP All-in-One.
To open the HP Image Zone software on a Mac
➔ Click the HP Image Zone icon in the Dock, and then choose a device.
The HP Image Zone window appears.
Note On a Mac, the features available in the HP Image Zone software
vary depending on the chosen device.
Tip Once the HP Image Zone software is opened, you can access the
Dock menu shortcuts by selecting and holding the mouse button over the
HP Image Zone icon in the Dock.
18
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
2
Find more information
You can access a variety of resources, both printed and onscreen, that provide
information about setting up and using your HP All-in-One.
Sources of information
Setup Guide
Find more information
The Setup Guide provides instructions for setting up your HP All-inOne and installing software. Make sure you follow the steps in the
Setup Guide in order.
Note To take full advantage of all the features on the HP All-inOne, you might need to perform additional setup or set additional
preferences, described in the User Guide you are reading. For
more information, see Finish setting up your HP All-in-One and
Connect to a network.
If you have problems during setup, see Troubleshooting in the last
section of the Setup Guide, or see Troubleshooting information in
this User Guide.
User Guide
This User Guide contains information on how to use your HP All-inOne, including troubleshooting tips and step-by-step instructions. It
also provides additional setup instructions to supplement those in
the Setup Guide.
HP Image Zone Tour (Windows)
The HP Image Zone Tour is a fun, interactive way to get a brief
overview of the software included with your HP All-in-One. You'll
learn how the HP Image Zone software can help you edit, organize,
and print your photos.
User Guide
19
Chapter 2
(continued)
HP Image Zone Help
The HP Image Zone Help provides detailed instructions on features
of your HP All-in-One that are not described in this User Guide,
including features that are only available using the HP Image Zone
software.
Find more information
Windows
● The Get step-by-step instructions topic provides information
on using the HP Image Zone software with HP devices.
● The Explore what you can do topic provides more information
about the practical and creative things you can do with the
HP Image Zone software and your HP devices.
● If you need further assistance or want to check for HP software
updates, see the Troubleshooting and support topic.
Mac
● The How Do I? topic provides more information about the
practical and creative things you can do with the HP Image
Zone software and your HP devices.
● The Get Started topic area provides information about
importing, modifying, and sharing your images.
● The Use Help topic provides more information about finding
information in the onscreen Help.
For more information, see Use the onscreen Help.
Onscreen help from your device
Onscreen help is available from your device and contains additional
information on select topics.
To access onscreen help from the control panel
1. Press the Help button, indicated on the control panel by a
question mark (?).
2. Use the arrows to select the appropriate help topic, and then
press OK. The help topic opens on your computer screen.
Readme
The Readme file contains the most recent information which might
not be found in other publications.
Install the software to access the Readme file.
www.hp.com/support
20
If you have Internet access, you can get help and support from the
HP website. This website offers technical support, drivers, supplies,
and ordering information.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Use the onscreen Help
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the features available to help you get
started using your HP All-in-One. Explore the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that
came with your HP All-in-One software for information on all the features that your
HP All-in-One supports.
Note The onscreen Help also provides troubleshooting topics to assist you in
resolving any issues you might encounter with your HP All-in-One.
The way you access and use the onscreen Help varies slightly depending on whether
you are viewing the Help on a Windows computer or a Mac. Guidelines for using both
Help systems are included in the following sections.
This section explains how to access the onscreen Help on a Windows computer. It
tells you how to use the navigation, search, and index features in the Help system to
find the specific information you need.
To access the HP Image Zone Help on a Windows computer
1. In the HP Solution Center, click the tab for your HP All-in-One.
For information on accessing the HP Solution Center, see Use the HP Image
Zone software.
2. In the Device Support area, click Onscreen Guide or Troubleshooting.
– If you click Onscreen Guide, a pop-up menu appears. You can choose to
open the welcome page for the entire Help system or to go specifically to the
Help for your HP All-in-One.
– If you click Troubleshooting, the Troubleshooting and support page
opens.
The following diagram highlights features for finding your way around the Help.
User Guide
21
Find more information
Use the Help on a Windows computer
Find more information
Chapter 2
1
Contents, Index, and Search tabs
2
Display area
3
Help toolbar
Contents, Index, and Search tabs
The Contents, Index, and Search tabs enable you to find any topic in the HP Image
Zone Help.
●
Contents
The Contents tab provides a top-down view of the topics in the Help, similar to
the table of contents in a book. This is a useful way to find all the information
provided about a single feature, such as printing photos.
– For information on tasks and features available from the control panel of your
HP All-in-One, open the 3100, 3200, 3300 series Help near the bottom of
the list.
– For troubleshooting information about your HP All-in-One, open the
Troubleshooting and support book, and then open the 3100, 3200, 3300
series Troubleshooting book.
– The other books listed on the Contents tab provide information on using the
HP Image Zone software to complete tasks on your HP All-in-One.
Sections that contain subtopics are indicated in
the list by a book icon. To view a list of the
subtopics within a book, click the + sign next to
the book icon. (The + sign changes to a - sign
when the section is already expanded.) To view
the information in a topic, click the book name or
topic name on the Contents tab. The selected
topic appears in the display area on the right.
●
22
Index
The Index tab provides an alphabetical list of index entries relevant to the topics
in the HP Image Zone Help.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
You can use the scroll bar on the right side of
the list to view the different entries, or you can
begin typing keywords in the text box above the
list. As you type, the list of index entries
automatically advances to the entries that begin
with the letters you type.
Tip If any of the words you are entering are fairly common (such as
"print", in the "borderless print" example), you might want to place
quotation marks around the combination of words for which you are
searching. This limits your search so that the results are more relevant to
the information you need. Instead of returning all topics that contain either
the word "borderless" or the word "print", the search will only return topics
that contain the phrase "borderless print".
After entering your search criteria, click List
Topics to view all the Help topics that contain
the words or phrases you entered. The results
are listed in a three-column table. Each row
contains the topic Title, the Location in the Help
where the topic is contained, and the Rank,
assigned based on its relevance to your search
criteria.
By default, the results are sorted by Rank, so that the topic containing the most
instances of your search criteria is at the top of the list. You can also sort the
results by the topic's Title or Location, by clicking the table heading for that
column. To view the contents of a topic, double-click that row in the results table.
The selected topic appears in the display area on the right.
Display area
The display area on the right side of the Help window displays the Help topic you
select from one of the tabs on the left. Help topics include descriptive text, step-bystep instructions, and illustrations, if applicable.
●
User Guide
Topics often include links to other topics in the Help system where you can find
additional information. Sometimes a link automatically opens the new topic in the
display area. At other times, there might be more than one applicable topic. When
23
Find more information
●
When you see an index entry that seems to be related to the information you are
trying to find, double-click the index entry.
– If there is only one topic in the Help associated with that index entry, that
topic appears in the display area on the right.
– If there are many applicable topics, the Topics Found dialog box appears.
Double-click any topic listed in the dialog box to view it in the display area.
Search
The Search tab enables you to search the entire Help system for specific words,
such as "borderless print".
Chapter 2
●
●
this is the case, the Topics Found dialog box appears. Double-click any topic
listed in the dialog box to view it in the display area.
Some topics include detailed instructions or additional information that is not
immediately visible on the page. Look for the words Show All or Hide All at the
top right side of the page. If these words are visible, it means there is additional
information hidden on the page. The hidden information is indicated by dark blue
text with an arrow. You can view the hidden information by clicking the dark blue
text.
Some topics include animated videos that show you how to use a particular
feature. These animations are identified by a video camera icon, followed by the
words "Show me how". When you click the "Show me how" link text, the
animation runs in a new window.
Find more information
Help toolbar
The Help toolbar, shown below, contains buttons that enable you to move around the
topics in the Help. You can move backwards and forwards through topics that you
have already viewed, or you can click the Home button to return to the HP Image
Zone help contents page.
1
Show/Hide
2
Back
3
Forward
4
Home
5
Print
6
Options
The Help toolbar also contains buttons for changing the way the onscreen Help
appears on your computer screen. For example, if you need more room to view the
help topics in the display area on the right, you can hide the Contents, Index, and
Search tabs by clicking the Hide button.
Finally, the Print button enables you to print the page that is currently displayed on
the computer screen. If the Contents tab is visible on the left when you click Print,
the Print Topics dialog box appears. You can choose to print just the topic you are
currently viewing in the display area, or you can print the current topic plus any
subtopics associated with it. This feature is not available if the Index or Search tab is
visible on the right side of the Help window.
Use the Help on a Mac
This section explains how to access the onscreen Help on a Mac. It tells you how to
navigate and search the Help system to find the specific information you need.
24
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
To access the HP Image Zone Help on a Mac
➔ On the Help menu in the HP Image Zone, choose HP Image Zone Help.
For information on accessing the HP Image Zone software, see Use the
HP Image Zone software.
The HP Image Zone Help appears. The following diagram highlights features for
finding you way around the Help.
Navigation panes
2
Display area
3
Help toolbar
Find more information
1
Navigation panes
The HP Image Zone Help opens in the Help Viewer. It is divided into three panes.
The left and center panes enable you to move around the topics in the Help. (The
right pane contains the display area, described in the next section.)
●
●
The left pane contains a list of all the sections in the Help.
– For information on tasks and features that are available from the control
panel of your HP All-in-One, click the 3100, 3200, 3300 series Help.
– For information on troubleshooting issues with your HP All-in-One, click the
3100, 3200, 3300 series Troubleshooting.
– The other sections listed provide information on using the HP Image Zone
software to complete tasks on your HP All-in-One.
The center pane provides a top-down view of the topics in the section selected in
the left pane, similar to the table of contents in a book. This is a useful way to find
all the information provided about a single feature, such as printing photos.
Display area
The display area in the right pane displays the Help topic you select in the center
pane. Help topics include descriptive text, step-by-step instructions, and illustrations, if
applicable.
●
User Guide
Many topics in the HP Image Zone Help include information about how to use a
feature from the control panel on the HP All-in-One as well as from the HP Image
25
Chapter 2
●
Find more information
●
Zone software on the Mac. Use the scroll bars to the right of the display area to
view all the content in a particular topic. Sometimes important information is not
visible in the window without scrolling.
Topics often include links or references to other topics in the Help system where
you can find additional information.
– If the related topic appears in the same section of the Help, the topic
automatically opens in the display area.
– If the related topic appears in a different section of the Help, the current topic
provides a reference telling you which section to choose from the left
navigation pane. You can either locate the related topic by using the center
navigation pane, or you can search for the topic, as described in the next
section.
Some topics include animated videos that show you how to use a particular
feature. These animations are identified by a video camera icon, followed by the
words "Show me how". When you click the video camera icon, the animation runs
in a new window.
Help toolbar
The Help toolbar, shown below, contains buttons that enable you to move around the
topics in the Help. You can move backwards through topics that you have already
viewed, or you can click the Help Center button to access Help for other software
applications on your Mac.
1
Back
2
Help Center
3
Search area
The Help toolbar also contains a text box that enables you to search the entire Help
system for specific words, such as "borderless print".
After entering your search criteria, press RETURN on your keyboard to view a list of all
the topics that contain the words or phrases you entered. The results are listed in a
three-column table. Each row contains the title of the Topic, the Relevance (assigned
based on its relevance to your search criteria), and the Location in the Help where
the topic is contained.
By default, the results are sorted by Relevance, so that the topic that best matches
your search criteria is at the top of the list. You can also sort the results by the Topic
or Location by clicking the table heading for that column. To view the contents of a
topic, double-click that row in the results table. The selected topic appears.
26
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
3
Finish setting up your HP All-inOne
After you have completed the steps in your Setup Guide, refer to this chapter to help
you finish setting up your HP All-in-One. This section contains important setup-related
information for your device, including information on setting preferences.
●
●
●
●
Change device preferences such as the language and country/region, the date,
and the volume of rings and button presses. For more information, see Set your
preferences.
Explore the connection options for your HP All-in-One, including USB, wired,
wireless networking, Bluetooth, and printer sharing. For more information, see
Connection information.
Finish setting up your wired or wireless network. For more information, see
Connect to a network.
Complete the fax setup, including setting the answer mode, number of rings to
answer, and answer ring pattern. For more information, see Fax setup.
In addition to the setup instructions in this User Guide, you can also set up HP Instant
Share on your network-connected HP All-in-One, so you can easily share images with
friends and relatives. If you installed the HP Image Zone software, press the
HP Instant Share button on the control panel of your network-connected HP All-inOne to launch the setup wizard on a connected computer. For more information on
setting up HP Instant Share, see the 3100, 3200, 3300 series Help section in the
onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Before you begin using your HP All-in-One, set the preferences described in this
section.
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the preferences available to help you get
started using your HP All-in-One. Explore the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that
came with your HP All-in-One software for information on all the preferences available
for controlling the behavior of your HP All-in-One. For example, the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help provides information on changing the default input tray for
PictBridge printing, showing or hiding hints on the color graphics display, and other
preferences. For more information on the HP Image Zone Help, see Use the
onscreen Help.
Set your language and country/region
The language and country/region setting determines which language the HP All-inOne uses to display messages on the color graphics display. Usually, you set the
language and country/region when you first set up the HP All-in-One. However, you
can change the setting at any time by using the following procedure.
1.
2.
User Guide
Press Setup.
Press 6, and then press 1.
27
Finish setup
Set your preferences
Chapter 3
3.
4.
5.
6.
This displays the Preferences menu, and then selects Set Language & Country/
Region.
A list of languages appears. Press
or
to scroll through the list of languages.
When your language is highlighted, press OK.
When prompted, press 1 for Yes or 2 for No.
or
to scroll
The countries/regions for the selected language appear. Press
through the list.
When the country/region you want to select is highlighted, press OK.
When prompted, press 1 for Yes or 2 for No.
Set the date and time
The date and time are set with the local time at the factory. Normally, the computer
software automatically updates the date and time to your time zone when you connect
to the computer during installation. The date and time format is based on the
language and country/region setting.
If the time changes on your computer, such as for Daylight Savings Time, the time on
the HP All-in-One is updated to match the new time on the computer when the HP Allin-One and the computer next communicate with each other. If you did not connect
your HP All-in-One to a computer, or if the time is not updated for some reason, you
can update the date and time from the control panel.
When you send a fax, the current date and time are transmitted, along with your name
and fax number, as part of the fax header.
Note In some countries/regions, the date and time stamp on the fax header is
a legal requirement.
Finish setup
To set the date and time from the control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press 5, and then press 4.
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Date and Time.
3. Enter the month, day, and year by pressing the appropriate numbers on the
keypad. Depending on your country/region setting, you might enter the date in a
different order.
4. Enter the hours and minutes.
5. If prompted, press 1 for AM, or 2 for PM.
The new date and time settings appear on the color graphics display.
Adjust the volume
Your HP All-in-One provides three levels for adjusting the ring and speaker volume.
The ring volume is the volume of the phone rings. The speaker volume is the level of
everything else, such as the dial tones, fax tones, and button press beeps. The default
setting is Soft.
1.
2.
3.
28
Press Setup.
Press 3, and then press 6.
This displays the Basic Fax Setup menu and then selects Ring and Beep Volume.
to select one of the options: Soft, Loud, or Off.
Press
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Note If you select Off, you will not hear a dial tone, fax tones, or
incoming ring tones. With the Ring and Beep Volume set to Off, you
cannot send a fax using monitor dialing, such as when using a calling card
to send a fax. For more information on monitor dialing, see Send a fax
using monitor dialing.
4.
Press OK.
Connection information
Your HP All-in-One comes equipped with a USB port so you can connect directly to a
computer using a USB cable. You can also connect your HP All-in-One to either a
wired or wireless network. If you insert an HP bt300 or HP bt400 series Bluetooth®
Wireless Printer Adapter into the front USB port, Bluetooth® devices such as PDAs
and camera phones can print to your HP All-in-One.
Note In the remainder of this chapter, the HP bt300 or HP bt400 series
Bluetooth® Wireless Printer Adapter is referred to simply as an HP Bluetooth®
adapter.
Supported connection types
Recommended
number of
connected
computers for best
performance
Supported software
features
Setup instructions
USB connection
One computer
connected with a
USB cable to the
USB port on the back
of the HP All-in-One.
All features are
supported.
Follow the Setup
Guide for detailed
instructions.
Ethernet (wired)
connection
Up to five computers
connected to an
HP All-in-One using a
hub or router.
All features are
supported.
Follow the Setup
Guide and Connect
to a network in this
User Guide for
detailed instructions.
802.11b or g
(wireless) connection
Up to five computers
connected using an
access point.
(infrastructure mode)
All features are
supported
Follow the Setup
Guide and Connect
to a network in this
User Guide for
detailed instructions.
User Guide
Finish setup
Description
29
Chapter 3
(continued)
Description
Recommended
number of
connected
computers for best
performance
Supported software
features
Setup instructions
HP bt300 or HP
bt400 series
Bluetooth® Wireless
Printer Adapter (HP
Bluetooth® adapter)
One Bluetooth®
device or computer.
Printing from a
Bluetooth® device
such as a PDA or
camera phone, or a
Bluetooth®-enabled
computer.
For information on
printing from a device
such as a PDA or
camera, see the
onscreen HP Image
Zone Help.
For information on
printing from a
Bluetooth®-enabled
computer, see
Connect using
Bluetooth®.
Printer sharing
Up to five computers.
Finish setup
The host computer
must be turned on at
all times, or the other
computers will not be
able to print to the
HP All-in-One.
All features resident
on the host computer
are supported. Only
print is supported
from the other
computers.
For setup
instructions, see Use
printer sharing
(Windows) or Use
printer sharing (Mac).
Connect using a USB cable
To connect your HP All-in-One using a USB cable, follow the instructions in the
printed Setup Guide.
If your computer cannot communicate with the HP All-in-One, make sure your HP Allin-One and the computer have the same version of USB. Your HP All-in-One is set to
use USB 2.0. Therefore, if your computer has USB 1.1, you should either update your
operating system, or you should change the speed of the rear USB port on the HP Allin-One to Full Speed (USB 1.1).
Note If you have a Mac, you should use one of the built-in USB ports to
connect with the HP All-in-One. If you connect the HP All-in-One to a USB
card installed on a Mac, the HP software might not recognize the HP All-in-One.
To check the USB port speed on your computer (Windows XP)
Note Windows versions prior to XP support USB 1.1 only.
1.
2.
3.
4.
30
On the Windows taskbar, click Start, and then click Control Panel.
Open System.
Click the Hardware tab, and then click Device Manager.
Check the list for an enhanced USB host controller.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
If you have an enhanced USB host controller, then you have High Speed USB
(USB 2.0). Otherwise, you have Full Speed USB (USB 1.1).
To check the USB port speed on your computer (Mac OS X)
1. Open the System Profiler from the Applications:Utilities folder.
2. Click USB on the left.
If the Speed is Up to 12 Mb/sec, then you have Full Speed USB (1.1). A higher
speed indicates High Speed USB (USB 2.0).
To change the rear port speed to Full Speed (HP All-in-One)
1. Press Setup.
The Setup menu appears on the color graphics display.
2. Press
until Tools is highlighted, then press OK.
The Tools menu appears.
3. Press 5, then press 2.
This displays the USB Speed menu and then selects Full Speed (USB 1.1).
Connect using Ethernet
Your HP All-in-One supports both 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps Ethernet network
connections. For detailed instructions on connecting your HP All-in-One to an
Ethernet (wired) network, see the Setup Guide that came with your device. You can
also see Connect to a network for more information.
Connect using wireless
Connect using Bluetooth®
A Bluetooth® connection provides a quick and easy way to print images from a
Bluetooth®-enabled computer without using a cable. However, with a Bluetooth®
connection you will not be able to use other features from your computer such as scan
or HP Instant Share.
Before you print, you must connect an HP Bluetooth® adapter to your HP All-in-One.
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your
HP All-in-One. For information on using the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see Use
the onscreen Help.
If you connect with a Windows computer, see the next section. If you connect with a
Mac, see Mac users.
Windows users
You must have Windows XP and either the Microsoft Bluetooth® Protocol Stack or the
Widcomm Bluetooth® Protocol Stack installed in order to connect your HP All-in-One.
User Guide
31
Finish setup
The HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series uses an internal networking component
that supports a wireless network. For detailed instructions on connecting your HP Allin-One to a wireless (802.11b or g) network, see the Setup Guide that came with your
device. You can also see Connect to a network for more information.
Chapter 3
It is possible to have both the Microsoft Stack and the Widcomm Stack on your
computer, but you use only one of them to connect your HP All-in-One.
●
●
Microsoft stack If you have Windows XP with Service Pack 2 installed on your
computer, then your computer has the Microsoft Bluetooth® Protocol Stack. The
Microsoft stack allows you to install an external Bluetooth® adapter automatically.
If your Bluetooth® adapter supports the Microsoft stack but it does not install
automatically, then you do not have the Microsoft stack on your computer. Check
the documentation that came with the Bluetooth® adapter to see if it supports the
Microsoft stack.
Widcomm stack: If you have an HP computer with Bluetooth® built in, or if you
have installed an HP Bluetooth® adapter, then your computer has the Widcomm
stack. If you have an HP computer and plug in an HP Bluetooth ® adapter, it will
install automatically using the Widcomm stack.
To install and print using the Microsoft stack (Windows)
1. Make sure that you have installed the HP All-in-One software on the computer.
Note The purpose of installing the software is to make sure the print
driver is available for the Bluetooth® connection. Therefore, if you have
already installed the software, you do not need to reinstall it. If you want
both a USB and a Bluetooth® connection to your HP All-in-One, install the
USB connection first. For more information, see the printed Setup Guide.
However, if you do not want a USB connection, select Directly to the
computer on the Connection Type screen. Also, on the Connect Your
Device Now screen, select the check box next to If you are unable to
connect your device now... at the bottom of the screen.
Finish setup
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Attach an HP Bluetooth® adapter to the front USB port of the HP All-in-One.
If you are using an external Bluetooth® adapter for your computer, make sure
your computer is started and then attach the Bluetooth® adapter to a USB port on
the computer. If you have Windows XP with Service Pack 2 installed, the
Bluetooth® drivers are installed automatically. If you are prompted to select a
Bluetooth® profile, select HCRP.
If your computer has Bluetooth® built in, just make sure the computer is started.
On the Windows taskbar, click Start, and then click Printers and Faxes.
Double-click the Add Printer icon.
Click Next, and then select a A Bluetooth Printer.
Follow the onscreen instructions to finish the installation.
Print as you would to any printer.
To install and print using the Widcomm stack (Windows)
1. Make sure that you have installed the HP All-in-One software on the computer.
Note The purpose of installing the software is to make sure the print
driver is available for the Bluetooth® connection. Therefore, if you have
already installed the software, you do not need to reinstall it. If you want
both a USB and a Bluetooth® connection to your HP All-in-One, install the
USB connection first. For more information, see the printed Setup Guide.
However, if you do not want a USB connection, select Directly to the
32
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
computer on the Connection Type screen. Also, on the Connect Your
Device Now screen, select the check box next to If you are unable to
connect your device now... at the bottom of the screen.
Attach an HP Bluetooth® adapter to the front USB port of the HP All-in-One.
Click the My Bluetooth Places icon on the desktop or in the taskbar.
Click View devices in range.
Once the available printers are discovered, double-click the name of the HP All-inOne to finish the installation.
Print as you would to any printer.
Mac users
You can connect your HP All-in-One to a Mac that has Bluetooth® built in, or you can
install an external Bluetooth® adapter, such as an HP Bluetooth® adapter.
To install and print using Bluetooth® (Mac)
1. Make sure that you have installed the HP All-in-One software on the computer.
2. Attach an HP Bluetooth® adapter to the front USB port of the HP All-in-One.
3. Press the On button on the control panel to turn the HP All-in-One off, and press
it again to turn the device on.
4. Attach a Bluetooth® adapter to the computer and turn it on. Or, if your computer
has Bluetooth® built in, just turn on your computer.
5. Open the Printer Setup Utility from the Applications:Utilities folder.
Note This utility is called the Printer Setup Utility on 10.3 and later. It is
called Print Center on 10.2.x.
7.
8.
From the pop-up menu, choose Bluetooth, then click Add.
The computer searches for the HP All-in-One.
In the printer list, select the HP All-in-One, then click Add.
The HP All-in-One is added to the printer list.
Print as you would to any printer.
Finish setup
6.
Use printer sharing (Windows)
If your computer is on a network, and another computer on the network is connected
to the HP All-in-One by using a USB cable, you can use that device as your printer
using Windows printer sharing. The computer connected directly to the HP All-in-One
acts as the host for the printer and has full feature functionality. Other computers on
the network, which are referred to as clients, have access only to the print features. All
other functions must be performed on the host computer.
For more information on enabling Windows printer sharing, refer to the user guide that
came with your computer or the Windows onscreen Help.
Use printer sharing (Mac)
If your computer is on a network and another computer on the network is connected to
the HP All-in-One using a USB cable, you can use that device as your printer using
printer sharing. Other computers on the network, which are referred to as clients, have
User Guide
33
Chapter 3
access only to the print features. All other functions must be performed on the host
computer.
To enable printer sharing
1. On the client and host computers, do the following:
a. Select System Preferences in the Dock.
The System Preferences window appears.
b. Select Sharing.
c. From the Services tab, click Printer Sharing.
2. On the host computer, do the following:
a. Select System Preferences in the Dock.
The System Preferences window appears.
b. Select Print & Fax.
c. Click the check box next to Share my printers with other computers.
Use Webscan
Webscan is a feature of the Embedded Web Server that lets you scan photos and
documents from your HP All-in-One to your computer using a Web browser. This
feature is available even if you chose not to install the device software on your
computer.
For more information on Webscan, see the online help in the Embedded Web Server.
For more information on the Embedded Web Server, see Connect to a network.
Fax setup
Finish setup
After completing all steps in the Setup Guide, use the instructions in this section to
complete your fax setup. Please keep your Setup Guide for later use.
In this section, you will learn how to set up your HP All-in-One so that faxing works
successfully with equipment and services you might already have on the same phone
line as your HP All-in-One.
Tip You can also use the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility
(Mac) to help you quickly set up some important fax settings such as the
answer mode and fax header information. You can access the Fax Setup
Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility (Mac) through the HP Image Zone
software. After you run the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility
(Mac), follow the procedures in this section to complete your fax setup.
Set up the HP All-in-One for faxing
Before you begin setting up your HP All-in-One for faxing, determine which kind of
phone system your country/region uses. The instructions for setting up your HP All-inOne for faxing differ depending on whether you have a serial- or parallel-type phone
system.
●
34
If you do not see your country/region listed in the table below, you probably have
a serial-type phone system. In a serial-type phone system, the connector type on
your shared telephone equipment (modems, phones, and answering machines)
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
●
does not allow a physical connection to the "2-EXT" port on your HP All-in-One.
Instead, all equipment must be connected at the telephone wall jack.
If your country/region is listed in the table below, you probably have a paralleltype telephone system. In a parallel-type phone system, you are able to connect
shared telephone equipment to the phone line by using the "2-EXT" port on the
back of the HP All-in-One.
Note If you have a parallel-type phone system, HP recommends you use
the 2-wire phone cord supplied with your HP All-in-One to connect the
HP All-in-One to the telephone wall jack.
Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system
Argentina
Australia
Brazil
Canada
Chile
China
Colombia
Greece
India
Indonesia
Ireland
Japan
Korea
Latin America
Malaysia
Mexico
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Russia
Saudi Arabia
Singapore
Spain
Taiwan
Thailand
USA
Venezuela
Finish setup
Vietnam
If you are unsure which kind of telephone system you have (serial or parallel), check
with your telephone company.
Choose the right fax setup for your home or office
To fax successfully, you need to know what types of equipment and services (if any)
share the same phone line with your HP All-in-One. This is important because you
might need to connect some of your existing office equipment directly to your HP Allin-One, and you might also need to change some fax settings before you can fax
successfully.
To determine the best way to set up the HP All-in-One in your home or office, first
read through the questions in this section and record your answers. Next, refer to the
table in the following section and choose the recommended setup case based on your
answers.
Make sure to read and answer the following questions in the order they are presented.
1.
User Guide
Do you have a digital subscriber line (DSL) service through your telephone
company? (DSL might be called ADSL in your country/region.)
❑ Yes, I have DSL.
❑ No.
35
Chapter 3
2.
3.
Finish setup
4.
5.
6.
36
If you answered Yes, proceed directly to Case B: Set up your HP All-in-One with
DSL. You do not need to continue answering questions.
If you answered No, please continue answering questions.
Do you have a private branch exchange (PBX) phone system or an integrated
services digital network (ISDN) system?
If you answered Yes, proceed directly to Case C: Set up your HP All-in-One with
a PBX phone system or an ISDN line. You do not need to continue answering
questions.
If you answered No, please continue answering questions.
Do you subscribe to a distinctive ring service through your telephone company
that provides multiple phone numbers with different ring patterns?
❑ Yes, I have distinctive ring.
❑ No.
If you answered Yes, proceed directly to Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring
service on the same line. You do not need to continue answering questions.
If you answered No, please continue answering questions.
Are you unsure if you have distinctive ring? Many phone companies offer a
distinctive ring feature that allows you to have several phone numbers on one
phone line.
When you subscribe to this service, each phone number will have a different ring
pattern. For example, you can have single, double, and triple rings for the
different numbers. You might assign one phone number with a single ring to your
voice calls, and another phone number with double rings to your fax calls. This
allows you to tell the difference between voice and fax calls when the phone rings.
Do you receive voice calls at the same phone number you will use for fax calls on
your HP All-in-One?
❑ Yes, I receive voice calls.
❑ No.
Please continue answering questions.
Do you have a computer modem on the same phone line as your HP All-in-One?
❑ Yes, I have a computer modem.
❑ No.
Are you unsure if you use a computer modem? If you answer Yes to any of the
following questions, you are using a computer modem:
– Do you send and receive faxes directly to and from your computer software
programs through a dial-up connection?
– Do you send and receive e-mail messages on your computer through a dialup connection?
– Do you access the Internet from your computer through a dial-up connection?
Please continue answering questions.
Do you have an answering machine that answers voice calls at the same phone
number you will use for fax calls on your HP All-in-One?
❑ Yes, I have an answering machine.
❑ No.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
7.
Please continue answering questions.
Do you subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone company at the
same phone number you will use for fax calls on your HP All-in-One?
❑ Yes, I have a voice mail service.
❑ No.
After you have completed answering the questions, proceed to the next section to
select your fax setup case.
Select your fax setup case
Now that you have answered all the questions about the equipment and services that
share the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you are ready to choose the best setup
case for your home or office.
From the first column in the following table, choose the combination of equipment and
services applicable to your home or office setting. Then look up the appropriate setup
case in the second or third column based on your phone system. Step-by-step
instructions are included for each case in the sections that follow.
If you have answered all the questions in the previous section and have none of the
described equipment or services, choose "None" from the first column in the table.
Note If your home or office setup is not described in this section, set up the
HP All-in-One as you would a regular analog phone. Make sure you use the
phone cord supplied in the box to connect one end to your telephone wall jack
and the other end to the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-inOne. If you use another phone cord, you might experience problems sending
and receiving faxes.
Recommended fax
setup for parallel-type
phone systems
Recommended fax
setup for serial-type
phone systems
None
Case A: Separate fax line
(no voice calls received)
Case A: Separate fax line
(no voice calls received)
Case B: Set up your
HP All-in-One with DSL
Case B: Set up your
HP All-in-One with DSL
Case C: Set up your
HP All-in-One with a PBX
phone system or an ISDN
line
Case C: Set up your
HP All-in-One with a PBX
phone system or an ISDN
line
Case D: Fax with a
distinctive ring service on
the same line
Case D: Fax with a
distinctive ring service on
the same line
(You answered No to all
questions.)
DSL service
(You answered Yes to
question 1 only.)
PBX or ISDN system
(You answered Yes to
question 2 only.)
Distinctive ring service
(You answered Yes to
question 3 only.)
User Guide
37
Finish setup
Other equipment/
services sharing your
fax line
Chapter 3
(continued)
Other equipment/
services sharing your
fax line
Recommended fax
setup for parallel-type
phone systems
Recommended fax
setup for serial-type
phone systems
Voice calls
Case E: Shared voice/fax
line
Case E: Shared voice/fax
line
Case F: Shared voice/fax
line with voice mail
Case F: Shared voice/fax
line with voice mail
Case G: Fax line shared
with computer modem (no
voice calls received)
Not applicable.
(You answered Yes to
question 5 only.)
Voice calls and computer
modem
Case H: Shared voice/fax
line with computer modem
Not applicable.
Case I: Shared voice/fax
line with answering
machine
Not applicable.
Case J: Shared voice/fax
line with computer modem
and answering machine
Not applicable.
Case K: Shared voice/fax
line with computer modem
and voice mail
Not applicable.
(You answered Yes to
question 4 only.)
Voice calls and voice mail
service
(You answered Yes to
questions 4 and 7 only.)
Computer modem
(You answered Yes to
questions 4 and 5 only.)
Voice calls and answering
machine
(You answered Yes to
questions 4 and 6 only.)
Finish setup
Voice calls, computer
modem, and answering
machine
(You answered Yes to
questions 4, 5, and 6 only.)
Voice calls, computer
modem, and voice mail
service
(You answered Yes to
questions 4, 5, and 7 only.)
For additional fax setup information, in specific countries/regions, see the Fax
Configuration website listed below.
38
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Austria
www.hp.com/at/faxconfig
Germany
www.hp.com/de/faxconfig
Switzerland (French)
www.hp.com/ch/fr/faxconfig
Switzerland (German)
www.hp.com/ch/de/faxconfig
United Kingdom
www.hp.com/uk/faxconfig
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)
If you have a separate phone line on which you receive no voice calls, and you have
no other equipment connected on this phone line, set up your HP All-in-One as
described in this section.
Finish setup
Back view of the HP All-in-One
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
To set up your HP All-in-One with a separate fax line
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too
short, see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough for information on extending it.
2.
3.
User Guide
Set the Auto Answer setting to On.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.
(Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).
39
Chapter 3
4.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before
answering.
Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
When the phone rings, your HP All-in-One will answer automatically after the number
of rings you set in the Rings to Answer setting. Then it will begin emitting fax
reception tones to the sending fax machine and receive the fax.
Case B: Set up your HP All-in-One with DSL
If you have a DSL service through your telephone company, use the instructions in
this section to connect a DSL filter between the telephone wall jack and your HP All-inOne. The DSL filter removes the digital signal that can interfere with your HP All-inOne, so the HP All-in-One can communicate properly with the phone line. (DSL might
be called ADSL in your country/region.)
Finish setup
Note If you have a DSL line and you do not connect the DSL filter, you will
not be able to send and receive faxes with your HP All-in-One.
Back view of the HP All-in-One
1
Telephone wall jack
2
DSL filter and cord supplied by your DSL provider
3
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
To set up your HP All-in-One with DSL
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.
2. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to the open port on the DSL filter, then connect the other end to the port
labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office.
3.
40
Connect the DSL filter cord to the telephone wall jack.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Note If you have other office equipment or services attached to this
phone line, such as a distinctive ring service, answering machine, or voice
mail, see the appropriate section in this section for additional setup
guidelines.
4.
Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
Case C: Set up your HP All-in-One with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line
If you are using either a PBX phone system or an ISDN converter/terminal adapter,
make sure you do the following:
●
If you are using either a PBX or an ISDN converter/terminal adaptor, connect the
HP All-in-One to the port that is designated for fax and phone use. Also, make
sure that the terminal adapter is set to the correct switch type for your country/
region, if possible.
Note Some ISDN systems allow you to configure the ports for specific
phone equipment. For example, you might have assigned one port for
telephone and Group 3 fax and another port for multiple purposes. If you
have problems when connected to the fax/phone port of your ISDN
converter, try using the port designated for multiple purposes; it might be
labeled "multi-combi" or something similar.
●
If you are using a PBX phone system, set the call waiting tone to "off."
●
●
If you are using a PBX phone system, dial the number for an outside line before
dialing the fax number.
Make sure you use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to
your HP All-in-One. If you do not, you might not be able to fax successfully. This
special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might already have in
your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too short, see The phone cord
that came with my HP All-in-One is not long enough for information on extending it.
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line
If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service (through your telephone company) that
allows you to have multiple phone numbers on one phone line, each with a different
ring pattern, set up your HP All-in-One as described in this section.
User Guide
41
Finish setup
Note Many digital PBX systems include a call-waiting tone that is set to
"on" by default. The call waiting tone will interfere with any fax
transmission, and you will not be able to send or receive faxes with your
HP All-in-One. Refer to the documentation that came with your PBX
phone system for instructions on how to turn off the call-waiting tone.
Chapter 3
Back view of the HP All-in-One
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
To set up your HP All-in-One with a distinctive ring service
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Finish setup
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too
short, see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough for information on extending it.
2.
3.
Set the Auto Answer setting to On.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.
Change the Answer Ring Pattern setting to match the pattern that the telephone
company assigned to your fax number.
For information on changing this setting, see Change the answer ring pattern
(distinctive ringing).
Note By default, your HP All-in-One is set to answer all ring patterns. If
you do not set the Answer Ring Pattern to match the ring pattern
assigned to your fax number, your HP All-in-One might answer both voice
calls and fax calls or it might not answer at all.
4.
5.
(Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before
answering.
Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
Your HP All-in-One will automatically answer incoming calls that have the ring pattern
you selected (Answer Ring Pattern setting) after the number of rings you selected
(Rings to Answer setting). Then it will begin emitting fax reception tones to the
sending fax machine and receive the fax.
42
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Case E: Shared voice/fax line
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you have
no other office equipment (or voice mail) on this phone line, set up your HP All-in-One
as described in this section.
Back view of the HP All-in-One
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
3
Telephone (optional)
To set up your HP All-in-One with a shared voice/fax line
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
2.
3.
User Guide
Do one of the following, depending on your phone system:
– If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the
port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP All-in-One, and then connect a
phone to this port.
– If you have a serial-type phone system, you might plug your phone directly to
the telephone wall jack.
Now you need to decide how you want the HP All-in-One to answer calls,
automatically or manually:
– If you set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls automatically, it answers all
incoming calls and receives faxes. Your HP All-in-One will not be able to
distinguish between fax and voice calls in this case; if you suspect the call is
a voice call, you will need to answer it before the HP All-in-One answers the
43
Finish setup
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too
short, see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough for information on extending it.
Chapter 3
4.
call. To set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls automatically, change the
Auto Answer setting to On.
– If you set up the HP All-in-One to answer faxes manually, you must be
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls or your HP All-in-One
cannot receive faxes. To set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls manually,
change the Auto Answer setting to Off.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.
Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
If you pick up the phone before the HP All-in-One answers the call and hear fax tones
from a sending fax machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually. For
information, see Receive a fax manually.
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also
subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone company, set up your HP Allin-One as described in this section.
Finish setup
Note You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service
at the same phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes
manually; this means you must be available to respond in person to incoming
fax calls. If you want to receive faxes automatically instead, contact your
telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain a
separate phone line for faxing.
Back view of the HP All-in-One
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
To set up your HP All-in-One with voice mail
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
44
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
2.
3.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too
short, see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough for information on extending it.
Set the Auto Answer setting to Off.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.
Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or your HP All-inOne cannot receive faxes. For information on receiving faxes manually, see Receive a
fax manually.
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)
If you have a fax line on which you receive no voice calls, and you also have a
computer modem connected on this line, set up your HP All-in-One as described in
this section.
Since your computer modem shares the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you will
not be able to use both your computer modem and your HP All-in-One
simultaneously. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if you are
using your computer modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.
Finish setup
Back view of the HP All-in-One
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
3
Computer with modem
To set up your HP All-in-One with a computer modem
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP Allin-One.
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your
computer modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the
telephone wall jack and plug it into the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your
HP All-in-One.
User Guide
45
Chapter 3
3.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too
short, see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough for information on extending it.
4.
If your computer modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer
automatically, turn off that setting.
Note If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your
computer modem software, your HP All-in-One will not be able to receive
faxes.
5.
6.
7.
Set the Auto Answer setting to On.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.
(Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before
answering.
Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
When the phone rings, your HP All-in-One will answer automatically after the number
of rings you set in the Rings to Answer setting. Then it will begin emitting fax
reception tones to the sending fax machine and receive the fax.
Finish setup
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also
have a computer modem connected on this phone line, set up your HP All-in-One as
described in this section.
Since your computer modem shares the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you will
not be able to use both your computer modem and your HP All-in-One
simultaneously. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if you are
using your computer modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.
There are two different ways to set up your HP All-in-One with your computer based
on the number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your
computer to see if it has one or two phone ports.
●
46
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel
splitter (also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11
port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2-line phone
splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the
front and a plug on the back.) For additional details, see the 3100, 3200, 3300
series Troubleshooting section in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Example of a parallel splitter
●
If your computer has two phone ports, set up your HP All-in-One as described
below.
Back view of the HP All-in-One
Telephone wall jack
2
"IN" phone port on your computer
3
"OUT" phone port on your computer
4
Telephone
5
Computer with modem
6
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
To set up your HP All-in-One to a computer with two phone ports
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP Allin-One.
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your
computer modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the
telephone wall jack and plug it into the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your
HP All-in-One.
3. Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer modem.
4. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too
User Guide
47
Finish setup
1
Chapter 3
5.
short, see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough for information on extending it.
If your computer modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer
automatically, turn off that setting.
Note If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your
computer modem software, your HP All-in-One will not be able to receive
faxes.
6.
7.
Now you need to decide how you want the HP All-in-One to answer calls,
automatically or manually:
– If you set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls automatically, it answers all
incoming calls and receives faxes. Your HP All-in-One will not be able to
distinguish between fax and voice calls in this case; if you suspect the call is
a voice call, you will need to answer it before the HP All-in-One answers the
call. To set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls automatically, change the
Auto Answer setting to On.
– If you set up the HP All-in-One to answer faxes manually, you must be
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls or your HP All-in-One
cannot receive faxes. To set up the HP All-in-One to answer calls manually,
change the Auto Answer setting to Off.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.
Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
If you pick up the phone before the HP All-in-One answers the call and hear fax tones
from a sending fax machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually. For
information, see Receive a fax manually.
Finish setup
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also
have an answering machine that answers voice calls at this phone number, set up
your HP All-in-One as described in this section.
48
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Back view of the HP All-in-One
1
Telephone wall jack
2
"IN" port on your answering machine
3
"OUT" port on your answering machine
4
Telephone (optional)
5
Answering machine
6
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
Note If you do not connect your answering machine directly to your
HP All-in-One, fax tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded
on your answering machine, and you probably will not be able to receive
faxes with your HP All-in-One.
3.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too
short, see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough for information on extending it.
4.
5.
User Guide
(Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for
convenience you might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering
machine at the "OUT" port.
Set the Auto Answer setting to On.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.
49
Finish setup
To set up your HP All-in-One with a shared voice/fax line with answering machine
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP Allin-One.
2. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to
the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Chapter 3
6.
7.
8.
Set your answering machine to answer after four or fewer rings.
Change the Rings to Answer setting on your HP All-in-One to the maximum
number of rings supported by your device. (The maximum number of rings varies
by country/region.)
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before
answering.
Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings
you have set, and then play your recorded greeting. The HP All-in-One monitors the
call during this time, "listening" for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the
HP All-in-One will emit fax reception tones and receive the fax; if there are no fax
tones, the HP All-in-One stops monitoring the line and your answering machine can
record a voice message.
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also
have a computer modem and answering machine connected on this phone line, set
up your HP All-in-One as described in this section.
Since your computer modem shares the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you will
not be able to use both your computer modem and your HP All-in-One
simultaneously. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if you are
using your computer modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.
There are two different ways to set up your HP All-in-One with your computer based
on the number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your
computer to see if it has one or two phone ports:
Finish setup
●
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel
splitter (also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11
port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2-line phone
splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the
front and a plug on the back.) For additional details, see the 3100, 3200, 3300
series Troubleshooting section in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Example of a parallel splitter
●
50
If your computer has two phone ports, set up your HP All-in-One as described
below.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Back view of the HP All-in-One
1
Telephone wall jack
2
"IN" phone port on your computer
3
"OUT" phone port on your computer
4
Telephone (optional)
5
Answering machine
6
Computer with modem
7
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
Note If you do not connect your answering machine in this way, fax
tones from a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering
machine, and you might not be able to receive faxes with your HP All-inOne.
4.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too
User Guide
51
Finish setup
To set up your HP All-in-One to a computer with two phone ports
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP Allin-One.
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your
computer modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the
telephone wall jack and plug it into the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your
HP All-in-One.
3. Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to
the "OUT" port on the back of your computer modem.
This allows a direct connection between the HP All-in-One and your answering
machine, even though the computer modem is connected first in line.
Chapter 3
short, see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough for information on extending it.
5.
6.
(Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for
convenience you might want to connect a phone to the back of your answering
machine at the "OUT" port.
If your computer modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer
automatically, turn off that setting.
Note If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your
computer modem software, your HP All-in-One will not be able to receive
faxes.
7.
Set the Auto Answer setting to On.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.
8. Set your answering machine to answer after four or fewer rings.
9. Change the Rings to Answer setting on your HP All-in-One to the maximum
number of rings supported by your device. (The maximum number of rings varies
by country/region.)
For information on changing this setting, see Set the number of rings before
answering.
10. Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
Finish setup
When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings
you have set, and then play your recorded greeting. The HP All-in-One monitors the
call during this time, "listening" for fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the
HP All-in-One will emit fax reception tones and receive the fax; if there are no fax
tones, the HP All-in-One stops monitoring the line and your answering machine can
record a voice message.
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and voice mail
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, use a
computer modem on the same phone line, and subscribe to a voice mail service
through your telephone company, set up your HP All-in-One as described in this
section.
Note You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service
at the same phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes
manually; this means you must be available to respond in person to incoming
fax calls. If you want to receive faxes automatically instead, contact your
telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain a
separate phone line for faxing.
Since your computer modem shares the phone line with your HP All-in-One, you will
not be able to use both your computer modem and your HP All-in-One
simultaneously. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if you are
using your computer modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.
52
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
There are two different ways to set up your HP All-in-One with your computer based
on the number of phone ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your
computer to see if it has one or two phone ports:
●
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel
splitter (also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11
port on the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2-line phone
splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the
front and a plug on the back.) For additional details, see the 3100, 3200, 3300
series Troubleshooting section in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Example of a parallel splitter
●
If your computer has two phone ports, set up your HP All-in-One as described
below.
Finish setup
Back view of the HP All-in-One
1
Telephone wall jack
2
"IN" phone port on your computer
3
"OUT" phone port on your computer
4
Telephone
5
Computer with modem
6
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1-LINE" port
To set up your HP All-in-One to a computer with two phone ports
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your HP Allin-One.
2. Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your
computer modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the
User Guide
53
Chapter 3
3.
4.
telephone wall jack and plug it into the port labeled "2-EXT" on the back of your
HP All-in-One.
Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer modem.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect one
end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Note If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone
wall jack to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to fax successfully.
This special phone cord is different from the phone cords you might
already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is too
short, see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough for information on extending it.
5.
If your computer modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer
automatically, turn off that setting.
Note If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your
modem software, your HP All-in-One will not be able to receive faxes.
6.
7.
Set the Auto Answer setting to Off.
For information on changing this setting, see Set the answer mode.
Run a fax test. For information, see Test your fax setup.
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or your HP All-inOne cannot receive faxes. For information on receiving faxes manually, see Receive a
fax manually.
Finish setup
Change settings on the HP All-in-One to receive faxes
In order to receive faxes successfully, you need to change some settings on your
HP All-in-One.
Note The HP All-in-One is usually set up to receive faxes during the
HP Image Zone software installation through the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows
users) or Fax Setup Utility (Mac users). Depending on the information you
provided, the HP All-in-One will be set to receive faxes automatically or
manually. You can change the setting at any time from the control panel.
If you are unsure which settings to choose for the options described in this section,
see Set up the HP All-in-One for faxing.
Set the answer mode
The answer mode determines whether your HP All-in-One answers incoming calls or
not.
●
●
54
If you set the HP All-in-One to answer faxes automatically, the HP All-in-One will
answer all incoming calls and receive faxes. Set the Auto Answer setting to On.
If you set the HP All-in-One to answer faxes manually, you must be available to
respond in person to the incoming fax call or your HP All-in-One will not receive
faxes. Set the Auto Answer setting to Off. For more information on receiving
faxes manually, see Receive a fax manually.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
If you do not know which answer mode to use, see Set up the HP All-in-One for faxing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press Setup.
Press 3, and then press 2.
This displays the Basic Fax Setup menu and then selects Auto Answer.
Press 1 to select On, or press 2 to select Off.
Press OK to accept the setting.
Change the answer ring pattern (distinctive ringing)
Many phone companies offer a distinctive ringing feature that allows you to have
several phone numbers on one phone line. When you subscribe to this service, each
number will have a different ring pattern. You can set up your HP All-in-One to answer
incoming calls that have a specific ring pattern.
If you connect your HP All-in-One to a line with distinctive ringing, have your
telephone company assign one ring pattern to voice calls and another ring pattern to
fax calls. HP recommends that you request double or triple rings for a fax number.
When the HP All-in-One detects the specified ring pattern, it will answer the call and
receive the fax.
If you do not have a distinctive ring service, use the default ring pattern, which is All
Rings.
Set the number of rings before answering
If you set the Auto Answer setting to On, you can specify how many rings should
occur before your HP All-in-One automatically answers the incoming call.
The Rings to Answer setting is important if you have an answering machine on the
same phone line as your HP All-in-One, because you want the answering machine to
answer the phone before the HP All-in-One does. The number of rings to answer for
the HP All-in-One should be greater than the number of rings to answer for the
answering machine.
For example, set your answering machine to answer in four rings or fewer and your
HP All-in-One to answer in the maximum number of rings supported by your device.
(The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.) In this setup, the answering
machine will answer the call and the HP All-in-One will monitor the line. If the HP Allin-One detects fax tones, the HP All-in-One will receive the fax. If the call is a voice
call, the answering machine will record the incoming message.
User Guide
55
Finish setup
To change the answer ring pattern from the control panel
1. Verify that your HP All-in-One is set to answer fax calls automatically. For
information, see Set the answer mode.
2. Press Setup.
3. Press 4, and then press 1.
This displays the Advanced Fax Setup menu and then selects Answer Ring
Pattern.
4. Press
to highlight an option, and then press OK.
When the phone rings with the ring pattern assigned to your fax line, the HP All-inOne answers the call and receives the fax.
Chapter 3
To set the number of rings before answering from the control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press 3, and then press 3 again.
This displays the Basic Fax Setup menu and then selects Rings to Answer.
3. Enter the appropriate number of rings by using the keypad, or press or to
change the number of rings.
4. Press OK to accept the setting.
Test your fax setup
You can test your fax setup to check the status of your HP All-in-One and to make
sure it is set up properly for faxing. Perform this test after you have completed setting
up your HP All-in-One for faxing. The test does the following:
●
●
●
●
●
Verifies the correct phone cord is connected to your HP All-in-One
Checks that the phone cord is plugged into the correct port
Checks for a dial tone
Checks for an active phone line
Tests the status of your phone line connection
The HP All-in-One prints a report with the results of the test. If the test fails, review the
report for information on how to fix the problem and rerun the test.
Finish setup
To test your fax setup from the control panel
1. Set up your HP All-in-One for faxing according to the setup instructions in this
chapter.
2. Insert the ink cartridges and load full-size paper in the main tray before starting
the test.
For more information, see Replace the ink cartridges and Load full-size paper.
3. Press Setup.
4. Press 5, then press 8.
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Run Fax Test.
The HP All-in-One displays the status of the test on the color graphics display
and prints a report.
5. Review the report.
– If the test passes and you are still having problems faxing, check the fax
settings listed in the report to verify the settings are correct. A blank or
incorrect fax setting can cause problems faxing.
– If the test fails, review the report for more information on how to fix any
problems found.
6. After you pick up the fax report from your HP All-in-One, press OK.
If necessary, resolve any problems found and rerun the test.
For more information on resolving any problems found during the test, see The
fax test failed.
56
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Set the fax header
The fax header prints your name and fax number on the top of every fax you send. HP
recommends that you set up the fax header by using the Fax Setup Wizard
(Windows users) or the Fax Setup Utility (Mac users) during the HP Image
Zone software installation. You can also set up the fax header from the control panel.
Note 1 In some countries/regions the fax header information is a legal
requirement.
Note 2 In Hungary, the subscriber identification code (fax header) can be set
or changed only by authorized personnel. For more information, contact your
authorized HP dealer.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Press Setup.
Press 3, and then press 1.
This displays the Basic Fax Setup menu and then selects Fax Header.
Enter your personal or company name.
For information on entering text from the control panel, see Text and symbols.
When you are finished entering your personal or company name, select Done on
the visual keyboard, and then press OK.
Enter your fax number by using the numeric keypad.
Press OK.
You might find it easier to enter fax header information by using the HP Image Zone
software that came with your HP All-in-One. In addition to entering fax header
information, you can also enter cover page information that will be used when you
send a fax from your computer and attach a cover page. For more information, see
the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Finish setup
Set up speed dialing
You can assign speed dial entries to fax numbers you use often. This lets you dial
those numbers quickly by using the control panel.
For information on sending a fax using speed dials, see Send a basic fax.
You can quickly and easily set up speed dial entries from your computer by using the
HP Image Zone software that came with your HP All-in-One. For more information,
see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Create individual speed dial entries
You can create speed dial entries for fax numbers that you use frequently. If
necessary, you can also edit the name or fax number of a speed dial you have
already created.
User Guide
57
Chapter 3
Tip You can include individual speed dial entries in a group speed dial. This
enables you to broadcast a fax to a group of people at one time. (The
maximum number of individual speed dials allowed in a group speed dial
varies by model.) For information on setting up a group speed dial, see Create
group speed dials.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Press Setup.
Press 2, and then press 1.
This displays the Speed Dial Setup menu and then selects Individual Speed Dial.
The first unassigned speed dial entry is highlighted on the color graphics display.
Press OK to select the highlighted speed dial entry. You can also press
or
to select an empty entry, and then press OK.
Enter the fax number to assign to that entry, and then press OK.
The visual keyboard automatically appears on the color graphics display.
Enter the name. After you have finished entering the name, select Done on the
visual keyboard, and then press OK.
For more information on entering text using the visual keyboard, see Text and
symbols.
Press 1 if you want to set up another number, or press Cancel to exit the Speed
Dial Setup menu.
Create group speed dials
Finish setup
You can place individual speed dials that you have set up into groups, so that you can
fax the same document to multiple recipients at once. If necessary, you can also add
or remove numbers from a group speed dial you have already created. (The
maximum number of individual speed dials allowed in a group speed dial varies by
model.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
58
Press Setup.
Press 2, and then press 2 again.
This displays the Speed Dial Setup menu and then selects Group Speed Dial.
The first unassigned speed dial entry is highlighted on the color graphics display.
Press OK to select the highlighted speed dial entry. You can also press
or
to select an empty entry, and then press OK.
A list of the individual speed dial entries set up on the HP All-in-One appears.
or
to highlight an individual speed dial entry, and then press OK.
Press
Repeat this step for each number you want to add to the group speed dial.
to highlight Done
When all the appropriate fax numbers are selected, press
Selecting, and then press OK.
The visual keyboard automatically appears on the color graphics display.
Enter a name for this group speed dial. After you have finished entering the
name, select Done on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.
For more information on entering text using the visual keyboard, see Text and
symbols.
Press 1 or 2 on the control panel if you want to set up additional speed dial
entries, or press Cancel to exit the Speed Dial Setup menu.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
4
Connect to a network
This chapter describes how to connect your HP All-in-One to a network, view and
manage the network settings, and troubleshoot problems with the network connections.
If you want to:
See this section:
Connect to a wireless network with an
access point (802.11 b or g).
Wireless infrastructure network setup
Connect to a wireless network without
an access point.
Wireless ad hoc network setup
Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network.
Wired network setup
Install the HP All-in-One software for
use in a networked environment.
Install the software for a network
connection
Add connections to more computers on
the network.
Connect to additional computers on a
network
Change the HP All-in-One from a USB
connection to a network connection.
Change the HP All-in-One from a USB
connection to a network connection
Note Use the instructions in this
section if you first install your HP All-inOne with a USB connection, and you
now want to change to either a wireless
or Ethernet network connection.
View or change the network settings.
Manage your network settings
Find troubleshooting information.
Network troubleshooting
Note You can connect your HP All-in-One to either a wireless or wired
network, but not both at the same time.
For definitions of networking terms, see the Network Glossary in the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One. For information on using the
onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.
Network setup
Wireless infrastructure network setup
For optimal performance and security in your wireless network, HP recommends you
use a wireless access point (802.11b or g) to connect your HP All-in-One and the
other network elements. When network elements are connected through an access
point, this is called an infrastructure network. A wireless network without an access
point is called an ad hoc network.
User Guide
59
Chapter 4
The advantages of a wireless infrastructure network as compared to an ad hoc
network include:
●
●
●
●
●
●
Advanced network security
Enhanced reliability
Network flexibility
Better performance, especially with 802.11 g mode
Shared Broadband Internet access
HP Instant Share feature is enabled (with Broadband Internet access such as
cable modem or DSL)
To set up your HP All-in-One on a wireless infrastructure network, you need to do the
following:
●
●
●
First, collect all of the required materials, as explained in the next section, What
you need for a wireless infrastructure network.
Next, connect your HP All-in-One to the access point and run the Wireless Setup
Wizard. See Connect to a wireless infrastructure network.
Finally, install the software, as explained in Install the software for a network
connection.
What you need for a wireless infrastructure network
To connect your HP All-in-One to a wireless network, you will need the following:
❑
A wireless 802.11b or g network that includes a wireless access point.
Network setup
Note If you are a Mac owner, Apple sells an easy-to-configure access
point called AirPort. AirPort has to be connected to a Mac, but it accepts
signals from any 802.11b-compatible wireless network device whether PC
or Mac-based.
❑
60
A desktop computer or laptop with either wireless networking support, or a
network interface card (NIC). You can use either an Ethernet (wired) connection
or a wireless connection from the computer to the access point. If you want to use
an Ethernet connection to your access point, follow the directions in Wired
network setup.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Note For Mac, wireless network support is usually provided by an AirPort
card.
❑
Broadband Internet access (recommended) such as cable or DSL.
If you connect your HP All-in-One on a wireless network that has Internet access,
HP recommends that you use a wireless router (access point or base station) that
uses Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
Note Broadband Internet access is required if you want to access
HP Instant Share directly from the device.
❑
❑
Network name (SSID).
WEP key or WPA Passphrase (if needed).
Connect to a wireless infrastructure network
The Wireless Setup Wizard provides an easy way to connect the HP All-in-One to
your network. In addition, if your access point has either Secure EzSetup or Windows
Connect Now Technology (Windows XP Service Pack 2), the process is even easier.
See the documentation that came with your access point to find out if your access
point supports either of these features. For additional setup instructions using
EzSetup or Windows Connect Now, see the printed documentation that came with
your access point.
Caution To prevent other users from accessing your wireless network, HP
strongly recommends to use a password or passphrase and to use a unique
SSID to your access point. Your access point might have been shipped with a
default SSID, which can be accessed by other users using the same default
SSID. For more information on how to change the SSID, see the
documentation that came with your access point.
To connect the HP All-in-One with the Wireless Setup Wizard
1. Write down the following information about your access point:
– Network Name (also called SSID)
– WEP Key, WPA Passphrase (if needed)
For easy reference, you can write this information in this book. If you do not know
where to find this information, see the documentation that came with your
wireless access point. You might be able to find the SSID, and the WEP key or
WPA passphrase, on the Embedded Web Server (EWS) for the access point. For
information on how to open the access point EWS, see the access point
documentation.
2.
3.
User Guide
On the control panel of your HP All-in-One, press the Setup button.
Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
The Network Menu appears.
61
Network setup
Note For Mac users: If the network is set up with an Apple AirPort base
station and you are using a password instead of WEP HEX or WEP ASCII
to access this network, you need to get the equivalent WEP key. See the
documentation that came with the Apple AirPort base station for more
information.
Chapter 4
4.
5.
Press 4.
This runs the Wireless Setup Wizard. The setup wizard searches for available
networks, and then displays a list of detected network names (SSIDs). The
infrastructure networks appear first in the list. The networks with the strongest
signal appear first, the weakest appear last.
Press
to highlight the name of the network you wrote down in step 1, and then
press OK.
If you do not see your network name in the list, do the following:
a. Select Enter a New Network Name (SSID). If necessary, use the
to
highlight it, and then press OK.
The visual keyboard appears.
b. Enter the SSID. Use the arrow buttons on the HP All-in-One control panel to
highlight a letter or number on the visual keyboard, and then press OK to
select it.
For more information on using the visual keyboard, see Enter text using the
visual keyboard.
Note You must enter the exact uppercase (capital) and lowercase
(small) letters. Otherwise, the wireless connection will fail.
c.
6.
When you are finished entering the new SSID, use the arrow buttons to
highlight Done on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.
d. Press 1 to select the infrastructure mode.
e. Press 2 to select WEP encryption.
OR
Press 3 to select WPA encryption.
If prompted, enter your WPA or WEP key as follows:
a. Use the arrow buttons to highlight a letter or number on the visual keyboard,
and then press OK to select it.
Network setup
Note You must enter the exact uppercase (capital) and lowercase
(small) letters. Otherwise, the wireless connection will fail.
7.
If a message says you entered an invalid WPA or WEP key, check the key
you wrote down for your new network, and then re-enter the key.
b. When you are finished entering the WPA or WEP key, use the arrow buttons
to highlight Done on the visual keyboard.
c. Press OK to confirm.
The HP All-in-One will attempt to connect to the network. If the connection
fails, follow the prompts to correct the key, and then try again. See also,
Network troubleshooting.
When the HP All-in-One connects successfully to the network, go to your
computer to install the software on each computer that will use the network. See
Install the software for a network connection.
To connect the HP All-in-One with Secure EzSetup
1. Activate Secure EzSetup on your access point.
2. On the control panel of your HP All-in-One, press the Setup button.
3. Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
62
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
4.
5.
The Network Menu appears.
Press 4.
This runs the Wireless Setup Wizard.
When the HP All-in-One connects successfully to the network, go to your
computer to install the software. See Install the software for a network connection.
To connect the HP All-in-One with Windows Connect Now Technology
1. Insert your storage device containing the network settings into the front USB port
or appropriate memory card slot on the HP All-in-One.
The Settings Found menu appears.
2. Press 1.
This selects Yes, set up printer on network using wireless settings on
memory device and displays the settings, including the key or passphrase if any,
on the Confirm Settings screen.
3. Press OK to confirm.
The HP All-in-One will attempt to connect to the network. If the connection fails,
follow the prompts to correct the problem, and then try again. See also, Network
troubleshooting.
4. When the HP All-in-One connects successfully to the network, go to your
computer to install the software. See Install the software for a network connection.
Wireless ad hoc network setup
Use this section if you want to connect your HP All-in-One to a computer on a wireless
network without using an access point. This is sometimes called a peer-to-peer or ad
hoc network. On a Mac, this is called a computer-to-computer network. You might
want to use an ad hoc connection if you do not want to invest in an access point, or
you want to set up a simpler, more casual network.
Note An ad hoc connection is available if you do not have an access point.
However, it provides little flexibility, a low level of network security, and slower
network performance than with an access point. In addition, you will likely not
have shared broadband access (such as cable or DSL), and therefore not be
able to use the HP Instant Share feature on your HP All-in-One.
In order to connect your HP All-in-One to your computer, you need to create a
network profile on your computer. A network profile is comprised of the network
settings, which includes the network name (SSID), the communication mode (ad hoc
or infrastructure), and whether encryption is enabled or not. For instructions on how to
create a network profile for an ad hoc connection, see the instructions below for your
operating system.
User Guide
63
Network setup
For information on connecting your HP All-in-One using an access point, see Wireless
infrastructure network setup.
Chapter 4
To set up your HP All-in-One to a wireless ad hoc network, you need to do the
following:
●
●
●
●
First, collect all of the required materials. This type of setup requires a Windows
computer with a wireless network adapter or a Mac with an Airport card.
Next, prepare your computer and create a network profile, as explained in the
following sections, designated by operating system.
Next, run the Wireless Setup Wizard, as explained in Connect to a wireless ad
hoc network.
Finally, install the software, as explained in Install the software for a network
connection.
Prepare a Windows XP computer
First prepare your computer for connecting to the network, and then create a network
profile.
To prepare your computer
1. Quit all applications running on your computer, and temporarily disable all
firewalls including the internal XP firewall and any other firewall or virus detection
software.
2. To protect your computer from virus infection, disable your Internet connection. If
you have cable or DSL, disconnect the Ethernet cable from the back of your
computer. If you have dial-up, disconnect the phone cord.
3. Disable all LAN connections (including Ethernet) other than your wireless
connection. Also, disable all IEEE 1394 (such as Firewire, i.LINK or Lynx) to
Ethernet connections.
To disable LAN connections with Windows XP
a. Click the Windows Start button, click Control Panel, and then double-click
Network Connections.
b. Right-click each Local Area Connection, and then click Disable. If you see
Enable on the pop-up menu, the Local Area Connection is already disabled.
To turn off the Windows firewall with Windows XP Service Pack 2
a. On the Windows Control Panel, click Security Center.
b. Click Windows Firewall, and select Off.
Network setup
To turn off the Windows firewall with Windows XP Service Pack 1
a. On the Windows Control Panel, open Network Connections.
b. Click Change settings of this connection.
c. Click the Advanced tab.
d. Deselect the firewall protection check box.
To create a network profile
Note Your HP All-in-One comes configured with a network profile with
hpsetup as the SSID. However, for security and privacy HP recommends you
64
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
create a new network profile on your computer as described here, and then
run the Wireless Setup Wizard to detect the new network (as described in the
next section).
Make sure you have prepared your computer as described above.
In the Control Panel, double-click Network Connections.
On the Network Connections window, right-click the Wireless Network
Connection. If you see Enable on the pop-up menu, select it. Otherwise, if you
see Disable on the menu, the wireless connection is already enabled.
Right-click the Wireless Network Connection icon, and then click Properties.
Click the Wireless Networks tab.
Select the Use Windows to configure my wireless network settings check box.
Click Add, and then do the following:
a. In Network name (SSID) box, type in the name Mynetwork (or something
more meaningful, such as your initials).
Note Notice that the M in Mynetwork is uppercase (capital), and the
rest of the letters are lowercase (small). This is important to
remember in case you need to enter the SSID at a later time on the
Wireless Setup Wizard.
b.
c.
If there is a Network Authentication list, select Open. Otherwise, go to the
next step.
In the Data encryption list, select WEP.
Note It is possible to create a network that does not use a WEP key.
However, HP recommends using a WEP key in order to secure your
network.
d.
e.
f.
Note You must remember the exact uppercase (capital) and
lowercase (small) letters. If you enter your WEP key incorrectly on the
HP All-in-One, the wireless connection will fail.
h.
User Guide
Select the check box for This is a computer-to-computer (ad hoc)
network; wireless access points are not used.
65
Network setup
g.
Make sure that the check box is not selected next to The key is provided
for me automatically. If it is selected, click the check box to clear it.
In the Network key box, type a WEP key that has exactly 5 or exactly 13
alphanumeric (ASCII) characters. For example, if you enter 5 characters, you
might enter ABCDE or 12345. Or, if you enter 13 characters, you might enter
ABCDEF1234567.
Alternatively, you can use HEX (hexadecimal) characters for the WEP key. A
HEX WEP key must be 10 characters for 40 bit encryption, or 26 characters
for 128 bit encryption. For definitions of ASCII and HEX, see the Network
Glossary in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP Allin-One. For information on using the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see
Use the onscreen Help.
In the Confirm network key box, type the same WEP key you typed in the
previous step.
Write down the WEP key exactly as you typed it, including uppercase and
lowercase letters.
Chapter 4
i.
8.
Click OK, to close the Wireless network properties window. and then click
OK again.
j. Click OK again to close the Wireless Network Properties Connection
window.
Go to your HP All-in-One and use the Wireless Setup Wizard to connect your
HP All-in-One to the wireless network. See Connect to a wireless ad hoc network.
Prepare a Mac OS X
To prepare your computer
➔ Quit all applications running on your computer and temporarily disable all firewalls.
To create a new network profile
Note Your HP All-in-One comes configured with a network profile with
hpsetup as the SSID. However, for security and privacy HP recommends you
create a new network profile on your Mac as described here, and then run the
Wireless Setup Wizard to detect the new network (as described in the next
section).
1.
Make sure that your AirPort is turned on.
When AirPort is turned on, the following icon appears in the menu bar.
To check this, click on the AirPort icon.
If Turn Airport On is available, select it to turn on AirPort.
If the AirPort icon is not present, do the following:
a. On the Network Preferences screen, select Airport Panel.
b. Enable Allow the computer to create networks.
c. Enable Show Airport status in menu bar.
Network setup
2.
3.
4.
Click the AirPort icon.
Select Create Network….
On the Computer to Computer dialog, click in the Name box and enter a new
network name.
For example you can type the name Mynetwork (or something more meaningful,
such as your initials).
Note Notice that the M in Mynetwork is uppercase (capital), and the rest
of the letters are lowercase (small). This is important to remember in case
you need to enter the SSID at a later time on the Wireless Setup Wizard.
5.
6.
7.
8.
66
In the Channel box, use the default Automatic setting.
Click Show Options.
To enable encryption for security, select the Encryption check box.
In the Password box, type a password that has exactly 5 or exactly 13
alphanumeric (ASCII) characters. For example, if you enter 5 characters, you
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
might enter ABCDE or 12345. Or, if you enter 13 characters, you might enter
ABCDEF1234567.
Alternatively, you can use HEX (hexadecimal) characters for the password. A
HEX password must be 10 characters for 40 bit encryption, or 26 characters for
128 bit encryption. For definitions of ASCII and HEX, see the Network Glossary in
the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One. For
information on using the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen
Help.
9. In the Confirm box, type the same password.
10. Write down your password, which on your HP All-in-One is called a WEP key.
You will need your WEP key when run the Wireless Setup Wizard.
11. Click OK.
12. Go to your HP All-in-One and use the Wireless Setup Wizard to connect your
HP All-in-One to the wireless network. See Connect to a wireless ad hoc network.
Create a network profile for other operating systems
If you have an operating system other than Windows XP or Mac OS X, HP
recommends that you use the configuration program that came with your wireless
LAN card. To find the configuration program for your wireless LAN card, access your
computer's list of programs.
Using the LAN card configuration program, create a network profile that has the
following values:
●
●
●
Network name (SSID): Mynetwork
Communication mode: Ad Hoc
Encryption: enabled
Note You should create a network name that is not the same as the
example shown here, such as your initials. Just remember that the
network name is case-sensitive. Therefore, you must remember which
letters are uppercase and lowercase.
Connect to a wireless ad hoc network
For both Windows and Mac computers, you can use the Wireless Setup Wizard to
connect your HP All-in-One to a wireless ad hoc network.
1.
2.
3.
5.
User Guide
Network setup
4.
On the control panel of your HP All-in-One, press the Setup button.
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
Press
The Network Menu appears.
Press 4.
This runs the Wireless Setup Wizard. The setup wizard searches for available
networks, and then displays a list of detected network names (SSIDs). If more
than one network appears, the infrastructure networks appear at the top of the
list, the ad hoc networks at the bottom.
On the color graphics display, look for the network name you created on your
computer (for example, Mynetwork).
Use the arrow buttons to highlight the network name, and then press OK.
If you found your network name and selected it, go on to step 6. However, if you
do not see your network name in the list, do the following:
67
Chapter 4
a.
b.
Select Enter a New Network Name (SSID).
The visual keyboard appears.
Enter the SSID. Use the arrow buttons on the HP All-in-One control panel to
highlight a letter or number on the visual keyboard, and then press OK to
select it.
Note You must enter the exact uppercase (capital) and lowercase
(small) letters. Otherwise, the wireless connection will fail.
6.
For more information on using the visual keyboard, see Enter text using the
visual keyboard.
c. When you are finished entering the new SSID, use the arrow buttons to
highlight Done on the visual keyboard, and then press OK.
d. Press 2 to select ad hoc mode.
e. Press 2 to select Yes, my network uses WEP encryption and display the
visual keyboard.
If you do not want to use WEP encryption, press 1 to select No, my network
does not use encryption, and then go to step 7.
If you have a WEP key, do the following steps. Otherwise go to step 7.
a. Use the arrow buttons to highlight a letter or number on the visual keyboard,
and then press OK to select it.
Note You must enter the exact uppercase (capital) and lowercase
(small) letters. Otherwise, the wireless connection will fail.
b.
7.
8.
If a message says you entered an invalid WEP key, check the key you wrote
down for your new network, and then re-enter the WEP key.
When you are finished entering the WEP key, use the arrow buttons to
highlight Done on the visual keyboard.
Press OK again to confirm.
The HP All-in-One will attempt to connect to the SSID. If the connection fails,
follow the prompts to correct the WEP key, and then try again.
When the HP All-in-One connects successfully to the network, go to your
computer to install the software. See Install the software for a network connection.
Note If you encounter a problem, please see Network troubleshooting.
Wired network setup
Network setup
Use this section to connect your HP All-in-One to a router, switch, or access point
using an Ethernet cable. This is known as a wired or Ethernet network. A wired
network is fast, reliable, and secure.
68
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
To set up your HP All-in-One on a wired network, you need to do the following:
●
●
●
First, collect all of the required materials, as explained in the next section, What
you need for a wired network.
Next, connect your HP All-in-One to the router, switch, or wireless access point.
See Connect your HP All-in-One to the network.
Finally, install the software, as explained in Install the software for a network
connection.
What you need for a wired network
❑
❑
❑
A functional Ethernet network that includes an Ethernet router, switch, or a
wireless access point with Ethernet ports.
CAT-5 Ethernet cable.
Although standard Ethernet cables look similar to standard telephone cables,
they are not interchangeable. There is a different number of wires in each one,
and each has a different connector. An Ethernet cable connector (also called an
RJ-45 connector) is wider and thicker and always has 8 contacts on the end. A
phone connector has between 2 and 6 contacts.
A desktop computer or laptop with either a wired or wireless connection to the
router or access point.
❑
User Guide
HP recommends Broadband Internet access such as cable or DSL. Broadband
Internet access is required if you want to access HP Instant Share directly from
the device. For more information on HP Instant Share, see Share your images
with family and friends.
69
Network setup
Note The HP All-in-One supports both 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps Ethernet
networks. If you are purchasing, or have purchased, a network interface
card (NIC), make sure it can operate at either speed.
Chapter 4
Connect your HP All-in-One to the network
An Ethernet port is provided on the back of your HP All-in-One.
1.
Remove the yellow plug from the back of the HP All-in-One.
2.
Connect the Ethernet cable to the Ethernet port on the back of your HP All-in-One.
3.
Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to an available port on your Ethernet
router, switch, or wireless access point.
4.
Once you have connected the HP All-in-One to the network, go to your computer
to install the software. See Install the software for a network connection.
Install the software for a network connection
Network setup
Use this section to install your HP All-in-One software on a Windows or Mac computer
connected to a network. Before you install the software, make sure you have
connected your HP All-in-One as described in Wireless infrastructure network setup,
Wireless ad hoc network setup, or Wired network setup.
Note 1 If your computer is configured to connect to a series of network drives,
make sure that your computer is currently connected to these drives before
installing the software. Otherwise, HP All-in-One installation software might
take one of the reserved drive letters, and you will not be able to access that
network drive on your computer.
70
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Note 2 Installation time can range from 20 to 45 minutes depending on your
operating system, the amount of available space, and the processor speed of
your computer.
See the instructions below for your Windows or Mac computer.
To install the Windows HP All-in-One software
Note The following instructions are for Windows computers only.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
9.
User Guide
If the device description is correct, select Yes, install this printer.
At the prompt, restart your computer to finish the installation process.
When you have finished installing the software, your HP All-in-One is ready for
service.
If you disabled a firewall or virus detection software on your computer, make sure
to enable it again.
To test your network connection, go to your computer and print a self-test report
to your HP All-in-One. For more information, see Print a self-test report.
71
Network setup
8.
Quit all applications running on your computer, and any firewall or virus detection
software.
Insert the Windows CD that came with your HP All-in-One into the CD-ROM drive
on your computer and follow the onscreen instructions.
If the following dialog boxes appear, respond as follows:
– Issues Stopping Installation: a firewall is running that might interfere with
the HP Software Installation. For best results temporarily disable the firewall
during installation. See your firewall documentation for instructions. After the
installation is complete you can re-enable the firewall.
– Notice about Firewalls: the Microsoft Internet Connection Firewall is
enabled. Click Next to allow the Setup program to open the necessary ports
and continue with the installation. If a Windows Security Alert appears for a
program published by Hewlett-Packard, please unblock this program.
On the Connection Type screen, select Through the network, and then click
Next.
The Searching screen appears as the Setup program searches for your HP All-inOne on the network.
On the Printer Found screen, verify that the printer description is correct.
If more than one printer is found on the network, the Printers Found screen
appears. Select the device you want to connect.
To see the device settings on your HP All-in-One:
a. Go to the control panel on your device.
b. Select View Network Settings on the Network Menu, and then select either
Display Wired Summary or Display Wireless Summary depending on the
network type.
Chapter 4
To install the Mac HP All-in-One software
Note The following instructions are for Mac computers only.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Quit all applications running on your computer.
Insert the Mac CD that came with your HP All-in-One into the CD-ROM drive on
your computer.
Double-click the HP All-in-One installer icon.
On the Authentication screen, enter the Administrator password used to access
your computer or network.
The installer software looks for HP All-in-One devices, and then lists them.
On the Select Device screen, select your HP All-in-One.
Follow the onscreen instructions to complete all the installation steps, including
the Setup Assistant.
When you have finished installing the software, your HP All-in-One is ready for
service.
To test your network connection, go to your computer and print a self-test report
to your HP All-in-One. For more information, see Print a self-test report.
Connect to additional computers on a network
You can connect your HP All-in-One to more than one computer on a small network of
computers. If your HP All-in-One is already connected to a computer on a network, for
each additional computer you must install the HP All-in-One software, as described in
Install the software for a network connection. During installation of a wireless
connection, the software will discover the SSID (network name) of the existing
network. Once you have set up your HP All-in-One on the network you will not need to
configure it again when you add additional computers.
Note You can have both a wired or wireless connection and a USB
connection to your HP All-in-One. However, you cannot have both a wired and
a wireless connection to the same HP All-in-One.
Change the HP All-in-One from a USB connection to a
network connection
Network setup
If you first install your HP All-in-One with a USB connection, you can later change to
either a wireless or Ethernet network connection. If you already understand how to
connect to a network, you can use the general directions below. For more detailed
instructions on connecting a HP All-in-One to a network, see Wireless infrastructure
network setup, Wireless ad hoc network setup, or Wired network setup.
Note For optimal performance and security in your wireless network, use an
access point (such as a wireless router) to connect your HP All-in-One.
To change a USB connection to a wireless connection
1. Unplug the USB connection from the back of your HP All-in-One.
2. Press Setup on the control panel of your HP All-in-One.
72
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
3.
4.
5.
6.
The Setup Menu appears.
Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
The Network Menu appears.
Press 4.
This runs the Wireless Setup Wizard. For more information, see Connect to a
wireless infrastructure network.
Run the installation CD, then choose the network installation. For more
information, see Install the software for a network connection.
(Windows only) When the installation is complete, open Printers and Faxes in
the Control Panel and delete the printers for the USB installation.
To change a USB connection to a wired (Ethernet) connection
1. Unplug the USB connection from the back of your HP All-in-One.
2. Connect an Ethernet cable from the Ethernet port on the back of the HP All-inOne to an available Ethernet port on the router, switch, or access point.
3. Run the installation CD, then choose the network installation. For more
information, see Install the software for a network connection.
4. (Windows only) When the installation is complete, open Printers and Faxes in
the Control Panel and delete the printers for the USB installation.
Manage your network settings
You can manage network settings for the HP All-in-One through the HP All-in-One
control panel as described in the next section. Additional advanced settings are
available in the Embedded Web Server, a configuration and status tool you access
from your Web browser using an existing network connection to the HP All-in-One.
For more information, see Use the Embedded Web Server.
Change basic network settings from the control panel
The HP All-in-One control panel enables you to set up and manage a wireless
connection and to perform a variety of network management tasks. This includes
viewing the network settings, restoring the network defaults, turning the wireless radio
on and off, and changing the network settings.
Use the Wireless Setup Wizard
The Wireless Setup Wizard provides an easy way to set up and manage a wireless
connection to your HP All-in-One. For more information on setting up a wireless
connection, see Wireless infrastructure network setup or Wireless ad hoc network setup.
3.
User Guide
Press Setup.
Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
The Network Menu appears.
Press 4.
This selects Wireless Setup Wizard.
Network setup
1.
2.
73
Chapter 4
View and print network settings
You can display a summary of the network settings on the HP All-in-One control
panel, or you can print a more detailed configuration page. The network configuration
page lists all of the important network settings such as the IP address, link speed,
DNS, and mDNS. For information on the network settings, see Network configuration
page definitions.
1.
2.
3.
Press Setup.
Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
The Network Menu appears.
Do one of the following:
– To display wired network settings, press 1, then press 2.
This selects Display Summary and then displays a summary of the wired
(Ethernet) network settings.
– To display wireless network settings, press 1, then press 3.
This selects Display Wireless Summary and then displays a summary of
the wireless network settings.
– To print the network configuration page, press 1, then press 1 again.
This selects View Network Settings and then prints the network
configuration page.
Restore network defaults
You can reset the network settings to what they were when you purchased your
HP All-in-One.
Caution This will erase all wireless setup information that you have entered.
In order to restore this information, you will need to run the Wireless Setup
Wizard again.
1.
2.
3.
Press Setup.
Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
The Network Menu appears.
Press 2, and then press 1 or OK to confirm.
This selects Restore Network Defaults.
Turn the wireless radio on and off
Network setup
The wireless radio is on by default, as indicated by the blue light on the front of the
HP All-in-One. In order to stay connected to a wireless network, the radio must stay
on. However, if your HP All-in-One is connected to a wired network or you have a
USB connection, the radio is not used. In this case you might want to turn the radio off.
1.
2.
3.
74
Press Setup.
Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
The Network Menu appears.
Press 5, then press 1 to turn the radio on, or press 2 to turn the radio off.
This displays the Wireless Radio menu and then turns the radio on or off.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Change advanced network settings from the control panel settings
The advanced network settings are provided for your convenience. However, unless
you are an advanced user, you should not change any of these settings. The
advanced settings include Link Speed, IP Settings, and Memory Card Security.
Set link speed
You can change the speed at which data is transmitted over the network. The default
is Automatic.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Press Setup.
Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
The Network Menu appears.
Press 3, then press 1.
This selects Advanced Setup and then displays the Link Speed screen.
Press the number next to the link speed that matches your network hardware:
– 1. Automatic
– 2. 10-Full
– 3. 10-Half
– 4. 100-Full
– 5. 100-Half
Change IP settings
The default IP setting for the IP settings is Automatic, which sets the IP settings
automatically. However, if you are an advanced user, you might want to manually
change the IP address, subnet mask, or the default gateway. To see the IP address
and subnet mask of your HP All-in-One, print a network configuration page from your
HP All-in-One. For more information on printing a configuration page, see View and
print network settings. For a description of the items on the configuration page,
including the IP address and subnet mask, see Network configuration page definitions.
Caution Be careful when manually assigning an IP address. If you enter an
invalid IP address during the installation, your network components will not be
able to connect with the HP All-in-One.
1.
2.
3.
5.
User Guide
Network setup
4.
Press Setup.
Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
The Network Menu appears.
Press 3, press 2, and then press 2 again.
This selects Advanced Setup, then IP Settings, and then displays the Manual
IP Settings screen.
Press the number next to the IP setting:
– 1. IP Address
– 2. Subnet Mask
– 3. Default Gateway
Enter your changes, then press OK when done.
75
Chapter 4
Change memory card or storage device security
The Memory Card Security option on the Advanced Setup menu enables you to set
the HP All-in-One so that it does not share memory card (and other storage device)
data with computers on a wireless network. However, we do not recommend this
security method for your memory card because it prevents you from accessing your
memory card from your computer. Also, this feature does not work on an Ethernet
network or a USB connection. All computers on an Ethernet network can access the
memory card on a HP All-in-One connected to the network.
If you want security for your memory card, HP recommends using WEP or WPA-PSK
security on your network. To change the security settings for your network, you can
use the Embedded Web Server that came with your HP All-in-One. For information,
see Use the Embedded Web Server. In addition, see the documentation that came
with your access point.
Use the Embedded Web Server
If your computer is connected to an HP All-in-One on a network, you can access the
Embedded Web Server that resides in the HP All-in-One. The Embedded Web Server
is a web-based user interface that provides some options not available on the HP Allin-One control panel, including advanced network security options. Also, the
Embedded Web Server enables you to monitor status and order printer supplies.
For information on how to use the features available in the Embedded Web Server,
see the onscreen help within the Embedded Web Server. To access Embedded Web
Server help, open the Embedded Web Server, then click the Help link under Other
Links on the Embedded Web Server Home tab.
Note Only use the Embedded Web Server to change network settings if you
cannot access the HP All-in-One control panel, or you need to change an
advanced option not available on the control panel.
Access the Embedded Web Server
You can only access the Embedded Web Server on a computer connected to an
HP All-in-One on a network.
1.
2.
Network setup
3.
4.
76
Press Setup.
Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
The Network Menu appears.
Press 1, then press 1 again.
This selects the Network Settings menu and then prints a configuration page for
your HP All-in-One, including the IP address. You will use the IP address in the
next step.
In the Address box in your Web browser on your computer, type the IP address
of the HP All-in-One, as shown on the network configuration page. For example,
http://192.168.1.101.
The Embedded Web Server Home page appears, showing information for the
HP All-in-One.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Note If you are using a proxy server in your browser, you might need to
disable it to access the Embedded Web Server.
5.
If you need to change the language displayed in the Embedded Web Server, do
the following:
a. Click the Settings tab.
b. Click Select Language in the Settings navigation menu.
c. In the Select Language list, click the appropriate language.
d. Click Apply.
6.
Click the Home tab to access device and network information, or click the
Networking tab to access more network information or to modify network
information.
Make any configuration changes.
For more information see Use the Embedded Web Server setup wizard.
Close the Embedded Web Server.
7.
8.
Use the Embedded Web Server setup wizard
The network setup wizard provided in the Embedded Web Server gives you an
intuitive interface to your network connection parameters. For more information on
how to open the Embedded Web Server, see Access the Embedded Web Server.
1.
2.
3.
Click the Networking tab.
Click Wired (802.3) or Wireless (802.11) in the Connections navigation menu.
Click Start Wizard, and then follow all of the wizard instructions.
Network configuration page definitions
The configuration page shows the network settings for the HP All-in-One. There are
settings for general information, 802.3 wired (Ethernet), 802.11 wireless, and Bluetooth®.
For information on how to print a network configuration page, see View and print
network settings. For additional information on terms used here, see the Network
Glossary in the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One.
For information on using the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen
Help.
Network setup
User Guide
77
Chapter 4
General network settings
The following table describes the general network settings shown on the network
configuration page.
Parameter
Description
Network Status
Status of the HP All-in-One:
●
●
Ready: The HP All-in-One is ready to receive or transmit data.
Offline: The HP All-in-One is not currently connected to the
network.
Active
Network mode of the HP All-in-One:
connection type ● Wired: The HP All-in-One is connected by Ethernet cable to
an IEEE 802.3 network.
● Wireless: The HP All-in-One is connected wirelessly to an
IEEE 802.11b or g network.
● None: There is no network connection.
Note Only one connection type can be active at a time.
URL
The IP address of the Embedded Web Server.
Note You will need to know this URL when you try to access the
Embedded Web Server.
Firmware
Revision
The internal networking component and device firmware revision
code.
Note If you call HP Support, depending on the problem, you
might be asked to provide the firmware revision code.
Hostname
The TCP/IP name assigned by the installation software to the
device. By default, this is the letters HP followed by the last 6
digits of the Media Access Control (MAC) address.
Admin
Password
Status of the administrator's password for the Embedded Web
Server:
●
Network setup
●
mDNS
Set: Password is specified. You must enter the password to
make changes to the Embedded Web Server parameters.
Not Set: No password is set. A password is not required for
making changes to the Embedded Web Server parameters.
Rendezvous is used with local and ad hoc networks that don't use
central DNS servers. To perform name services, Rendezvous
uses a DNS alternative called mDNS.
With mDNS, your computer can find and use any HP All-in-One
connected to your local area network. It can also work with any
other Ethernet-enabled device that appears on the network.
78
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Wired (802.3) network settings
The following table describes the 802.3 wired settings shown on the network
configuration page.
Parameter
Description
Hardware
Address (MAC)
The Media Access Control (MAC) address that identifies the
HP All-in-One. This is a unique 12-digit identification number
assigned to networking hardware for identification, including
routers, switches, and other such devices. No two pieces of
hardware have the same MAC address.
Note Some Internet service providers (ISPs) require that you
register the MAC address of the Network Card or LAN Adapter
that was connected to your cable or DSL modem during
installation.
IP Address
This address uniquely identifies the device on the network. IP
addresses are assigned dynamically through DHCP or AutoIP.
You can also set up a static IP address, though this is not
recommended.
Caution Be careful when manually assigning an IP address. An
invalid IP address during installation will prevent your network
components from seeing the HP All-in-One.
Subnet Mask
A subnet is an IP address assigned by the installation software to
make an additional network available as part of a larger network.
Subnets are specified by a subnet mask. This mask determines
which of the HP All-in-One IP address bits identify the network
and subnet, and which bits identify the device itself.
Note It is recommended that the HP All-in-One and the
computers that use it all reside on the same subnet.
Default
Gateway
A node on a network that serves as an entrance to another
network. A node in this instance can be a computer or some other
device.
Note The address of the default gateway is assigned by the
installation software.
The protocol used to assign the IP address to the HP All-in-One:
●
●
●
●
User Guide
AutoIP: The installation software automatically determines
the configuration parameters.
DHCP: The configuration parameters are supplied by a
dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) server on the
network. On small networks, this could be a router.
Manual: The configuration parameters are set manually, such
as a static IP address.
Not Specified: The mode used when the HP All-in-One is
initializing.
79
Network setup
Configuration
Source
Chapter 4
(continued)
Parameter
Description
DNS server
The IP address of the domain name service (DNS) for the
network. When you use the web or send an e-mail message, you
use a domain name to do it. For example, the URL http://
www.hp.com contains the domain name hp.com. The DNS on the
Internet translates the domain name into an IP address. Devices
use the IP addresses to refer to one another.
●
●
IP Address: The IP address of the domain name server.
Not Specified: The IP address is not specified, or the device
is initializing.
Note Check to see if a DNS IP address appears on the network
configuration page. If no address is shown, obtain the DNS IP
address from your Internet service provider (ISP).
Link
Configuration
The speed at which data is transmitted over a network:
Total Packets
transmitted
The number of packets transmitted by the HP All-in-One without
error since it has been turned on. The counter clears after the
HP All-in-One is turned off. When a message is transmitted over a
packet-switching network, it is broken up into packets. Each
packet contains the destination address as well as the data.
Total Packets
received
The number of packets received by the HP All-in-One without
error since it has been turned on. The counter clears after the
HP All-in-One is turned off.
●
●
●
●
●
10TX-Full: For wired network.
10TX-Half: For wired network.
100TX-Full: For wired network.
100TX-Half: For wired network.
None: Networking is disabled.
Wireless (802.11) network settings
Network setup
The following table describes the 802.11 wireless settings shown on the network
configuration page.
Parameter
Description
Hardware
Address (MAC)
The Media Access Control (MAC) address that identifies the
HP All-in-One. This is a unique 12-digit identification number
assigned to networking hardware for identification, including
wireless access points, routers, and other such devices. No two
pieces of hardware have the same MAC address.
Note Some Internet service providers (ISPs) require that you
register the MAC address of the Network Card or LAN Adapter
that was connected to your cable or DSL modem during
installation.
80
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
(continued)
Parameter
Description
IP Address
This address uniquely identifies the device on the network. IP
addresses are assigned dynamically through DHCP or AutoIP.
You can also set up a static IP address, though this is not
recommended.
Note Manually assigning an invalid IP address during
installation will prevent your network components from seeing the
HP All-in-One.
Subnet Mask
A subnet is an IP address assigned by the installation software to
make an additional network available as part of a larger network.
Subnets are specified by a subnet mask. This mask determines
which of the HP All-in-One IP address bits identify the network
and subnet, and which bits identify the device itself.
Note It is recommended that the HP All-in-One and the
computers that use it all reside on the same subnet.
Default
Gateway
A node on a network that serves as an entrance to another
network. A node in this instance can be a computer or some other
device.
Note The address of the default gateway is assigned by the
installation software.
Configuration
Source
The protocol used to assign the IP address to the HP All-in-One:
●
●
●
●
DNS server
AutoIP: The installation software automatically determines
the configuration parameters.
DHCP: The configuration parameters are supplied by a
dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) server on the
network. On small networks, this could be a router.
Manual: The configuration parameters are set manually, such
as a static IP address.
Not Specified: The mode used when the HP All-in-One is
initializing.
●
●
Network setup
The IP address of the domain name service (DNS) for the
network. When you use the web or send an e-mail message, you
use a domain name to do it. For example, the URL http://
www.hp.com contains the domain name hp.com. The DNS on the
Internet translates the domain name into an IP address. Devices
use the IP addresses to refer to one another.
IP Address: The IP address of the domain name server.
Not Specified: The IP address is not specified, or the device
is initializing.
Note Check to see if a DNS IP address appears on the network
configuration page. If no address is shown, obtain the DNS IP
address from your Internet service provider (ISP).
User Guide
81
Chapter 4
(continued)
Parameter
Description
Wireless Status Status of the wireless network:
●
●
●
●
Connected: The HP All-in-One is connected to a wireless
LAN and everything is working.
Disconnected: The HP All-in-One is not connected to the
wireless LAN due to incorrect settings (such as the wrong
WEP key), the HP All-in-One is out of range, or an Ethernet
cable is plugged in and connected to an active network.
Disabled: The radio is turned off.
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this
network type.
Communication An IEEE 802.11 networking framework in which devices or
stations communicate with each other:
Mode
●
●
●
Infrastructure: The HP All-in-One communicates with other
network devices through a wireless access point, such as a
wireless router or base station.
Ad hoc: The HP All-in-One communicates directly with each
device on the network. No wireless access point is used. This
is also called a peer-to-peer network. On Macs, ad hoc mode
is called computer-to-computer mode.
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this
network type.
Network Name
(SSID)
Service Set Identifier. A unique identifier (up to 32 characters) that
differentiates one wireless local area network (WLAN) from
another. The SSID is also referred to as the network name. This is
the name of the network to which the HP All-in-One is connected.
Signal
Strength (1-5)
The transmitting or return signal graded on a scale of 1 to 5:
5: Excellent
4: Good
3: Fair
2: Poor
1: Marginal
No signal: No signal detected on the network.
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this
network type.
Network setup
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
82
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
(continued)
Parameter
Description
Channel
The channel number currently being used for wireless
communication. This depends on the network in use, and might
differ from the requested channel number. Value is from 1 to 14;
countries/regions might limit the range of approved channels.
●
●
●
(number): Value ranging from 1 to 14, depending on country/
region.
None: No channel is in use.
Not Applicable: The WLAN is disabled or this parameter
does not apply to this network type.
Note In ad hoc mode, if you are not able to receive or transmit
data between your computer and the HP All-in-One, make sure
that you are using the same communication channel on your
computer and the HP All-in-One. In infrastructure mode, the
channel is dictated by the access point.
Authentication
type
Type of authentication in use:
●
●
●
●
●
None: No authentication in use.
Open System (ad hoc and infrastructure): No authentication
Shared Key (infrastructure only): WEP key is required.
WPA-PSK (infrastructure only): WPA with Pre-Shared Key.
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this
network type.
Authentication verifies the identity of a user or device before
granting access to the network, making it more difficult for
unauthorized users to access network resources. This security
method is common on wireless networks.
A network using Open System authentication does not screen
network users based on their identities. Any wireless user can
have access from the network. However, such a network might
use WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) encryption to provide a first
level of security against casual eavesdroppers.
A network using server-based (WPA-PSK) authentication
provides significantly stronger security, and is supported in most
wireless access points and wireless routers. The access point or
router verifies the identity of a user or device requesting access to
the network before granting that access. Several different
authentication protocols might be used on an authentication server.
User Guide
83
Network setup
A network using Shared Key authentication provides increased
security by requiring users or devices to identify themselves with a
static key (a hexadecimal or alphanumeric string). Every user or
device on the network shares the same key. WEP encryption is
used along with shared key authentication, using the same key for
both authentication and encryption.
Chapter 4
(continued)
Parameter
Description
Encryption
The type of encryption in use on the network:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
None: No encryption is in use.
64-bit WEP: A 5-character or 10-hex-digit WEP key is in use.
128-bit WEP: A 13-character or 26-hex-digit WEP key is in
use.
WPA-AES: Advanced Encryption Standard encryption is in
use. This is an encryption algorithm for securing sensitive but
unclassified material by US Government agencies.
WPA-TKIP: Temporal Key Integrity Protocol, an advanced
encryption protocol, is in use.
Automatic: AES or TKIP is in use.
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this
network type.
WEP aims to provide security by encrypting data over radio waves
so that it is protected as it is transmitted from one end point to
another. This security method is common on wireless networks.
Access Point
HW Address
The hardware address of the access point on the network to
which the HP All-in-One is connected:
●
●
(MAC address): The unique MAC (Media Access Control)
hardware address of the access point.
Not applicable: This parameter does not apply to this
network type.
Total Packets
transmitted
The number of packets transmitted by the HP All-in-One without
error since it has been turned on. The counter clears after the
HP All-in-One is turned off. When a message is transmitted over a
packet-switching network, it is broken up into packets. Each
packet contains the destination address as well as the data.
Total Packets
received
The number of packets received by the HP All-in-One without
error since it has been turned on. The counter clears after the
HP All-in-One is turned off.
Bluetooth settings
Network setup
The following table describes the Bluetooth settings shown on the network
configuration page.
Parameter
Description
Device Address The hardware address of the Bluetooth device.
84
Device Name
The device name assigned to the printer, which can identify it on a
Bluetooth device.
Passkey
A value that the user must enter in order to print via Bluetooth.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
(continued)
Parameter
Description
Visibility
Shows whether or not the HP All-in-One is visible to Bluetooth
devices that are within range.
●
●
Security
Visible to all: Any Bluetooth device within range can print to
the HP All-in-One.
Not visible: Only Bluetooth devices that have stored the
device address of the HP All-in-One can print to it.
The level of security set for an HP All-in-One connected by
Bluetooth.
●
●
Low: The HP All-in-One does not require a passkey. Any
Bluetooth device within range can print to it.
High: The HP All-in-One requires a passkey from the
Bluetooth device before allowing the device to send a print
job to it.
Network troubleshooting
This section addresses problems you might encounter while setting up a network.
For wireless setup issues using SecureEZ Setup or Windows Connect Now
Technology, see SecureEZ Setup or Windows Connect Now setup errors.
Wireless Setup Wizard troubleshooting
This section addresses problems you might encounter setting up a network using the
Wireless Setup Wizard from the control panel on the front of the HP All-in-One.
You don't see the SSID
Your access point is not broadcasting its network name (SSID).
Use the Enter a New Network Name (SSID) option in the Wireless Setup Wizard.
For more information, see Connect to a wireless infrastructure network. Also, see
the user guide that came with your access point and check the access point settings.
The access point (infrastructure) or computer (ad hoc) is out of range.
In order to establish a good signal between the HP All-in-One and access point
(infrastructure) or computer (ad hoc), you might have to experiment a bit. Assuming
the equipment is functioning properly, try doing the following things separately or in
combination:
●
●
User Guide
Network setup
●
If there is a long distance between your computer or access point and the
HP All-in-One, move them closer together.
If there are metal objects (such as a metal bookcase or refrigerator) in the
transmission path, clear the path between the HP All-in-One and the computer
or access point.
If a cordless telephone, microwave, or other device that emits radio signals
transmitting at 2.4 GHz is nearby, move it farther away to reduce radio
interference.
85
Chapter 4
(continued)
You don't see the SSID
The SSID is out of sight at the bottom of the list.
Press
to scroll to the bottom of the list. Infrastructure entries are listed first, ad
hoc last.
The access point firmware needs updating.
Check for firmware updates for your access point on the manufacturer's website.
Update the firmware on the access point.
Your wireless adapter on your computer is not broadcasting the SSID (ad hoc).
Verify that the wireless adapter is broadcasting the SSID. Print a network
configuration page from your HP All-in-One (see View and print network settings),
and verify that the SSID for the wireless adapter appears on the network
configuration page. If the wireless adapter is not broadcasting the SSID, see the
documentation that came with your computer.
The firmware for the wireless adapter on your computer needs updating (ad hoc).
Check for firmware updates for your wireless adapter on the manufacturer's
website, and then update the firmware.
MAC filtering is enabled on your access point.
Keep MAC filtering enabled, but change the settings to allow the access point to
communicate with your HP All-in-One.
An Ethernet cable is connected to the HP All-in-One.
When an Ethernet cable is plugged into the HP All-in-One, the wireless radio turns
off. Unplug the Ethernet cable.
Error message: Cannot connect to network
The equipment is not turned on.
Turn on the networked devices, such as the access point for an infrastructure
network, or the computer for an ad hoc network. For more information on how to
turn on the access point, see the documentation that came with your access point.
The HP All-in-One is not receiving a signal.
Network setup
Move the access point and the HP All-in-One closer together. Then run the HP Allin-One Wireless Setup Wizard again. For information on the Wireless Setup Wizard,
see Wireless infrastructure network setup.
You have entered the SSID incorrectly.
Enter the SSID correctly. Remember that the SSID is case-sensitive. For more
information on how to enter the SSID, see Connect to a wireless infrastructure
network.
You entered the wrong mode (ad hoc or infrastructure) or security type. For more
information on ad hoc and infrastructure networks, see Connect to a wireless
infrastructure network and Wireless ad hoc network setup.
86
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
(continued)
Error message: Cannot connect to network
Enter the correct mode or security type.
MAC filtering is enabled on your access point.
Keep MAC filtering enabled, but change the settings to allow the access point to
communicate with your HP All-in-One.
Error message: Cannot connect to network. Unsupported authentication or
encryption type.
Your network is configured with an authentication protocol not supported by the
installation software.
Use one of the supported protocol types listed in the Embedded Web Server. Types
not supported include: LEAP, PEAP, EAP-MD5, EAP-TLS, or EAP-TTLS. For more
information, see Use the Embedded Web Server.
Error message: Invalid WEP Key
An invalid WEP key was entered.
If you do not know the WEP key, see the documentation that came with your access
point. The WEP key is stored within the access point. Usually you can find the WEP
key by logging on to the access point through your computer.
Error message: Invalid passphrase
You have entered the WPA passphrase incorrectly.
Enter the correct passphrase, making sure it has between 8 and 63 characters.
SecureEZ Setup or Windows Connect Now setup errors
This section addresses error messages you might encounter setting up a network
using SecureEZ Setup or Windows Connect Now Technology (Windows XP Service
Pack 2) with the Wireless Setup Wizard.
Error message: The access point timed out before a connection could be made
Your access point allows only a limited amount of time for you complete the setup.
Network setup
Start the setup process again and make sure to complete the setup in the time
allowed.
Error message: More than 1 SecureEZ Setup access point found
Someone else in the vicinity is also using SecureEZ Setup to set up a device.
Cancel the setup and start over.
User Guide
87
Chapter 4
Error message: Another device connected to the access point before your
device tried connecting
Another device in the vicinity connected to your access point before your HP All-inOne was able to connect.
Cancel the setup and start over.
Error message: Low signal
The access point is too far away or there is interference.
In order to establish a good signal between the HP All-in-One and access point, you
might have to experiment a bit. Assuming the equipment is functioning properly, try
doing the following things separately or in combination:
●
●
●
If there is a long distance between your computer or access point and the
HP All-in-One, move them closer together.
If there are metal objects (such as a metal bookcase or refrigerator) in the
transmission path, clear the path between the HP All-in-One and the computer
or access point.
If a cordless telephone, microwave, or other device that emits radio signals
transmitting at 2.4 GHz is nearby, move it farther away to reduce radio
interference.
Error message: Problem with wireless settings on memory device
The HP All-in-One is not able to read the memory card or storage device.
Try a different storage device, or connect using the Wireless Setup Wizard.
Network software installation troubleshooting
This section addresses network setup problems you might encounter after
establishing the network connection, inserting the CD and starting the software
installation.
I received a System Requirements Error: No TCP/IP
Your Local Area Network (LAN) card (NIC) is not installed properly.
Network setup
Make sure your LAN card is installed properly and set up for TCP/IP. See the
instructions that came with your LAN card.
The Printer Not Found screen appears during installation
A firewall is preventing the HP All-in-One from accessing your computer.
Temporarily disable the firewall, and uninstall and then reinstall the HP All-in-One
software. You can re-enable your firewall program after installation is complete. If
you see firewall pop-up messages, you must accept or allow the pop-up messages.
For more information, see the documentation provided with the firewall software.
88
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
(continued)
The Printer Not Found screen appears during installation
A Virtual Private Network (VPN) is preventing the HP All-in-One from accessing
your computer.
Try temporarily disabling the VPN before proceeding with the installation.
Note The HP All-in-One functionality will be limited during VPN sessions.
The software failed to find the HP All-in-One.
Use the installation software to specify the HP All-in-One by its IP address as follows:
➔
On the Printer Not Found screen, click Next, and then follow the onscreen
directions to search for the IP address of the HP All-in-One.
If you need to determine the IP address of the HP All-in-One, see View and print
network settings.
The HP All-in-One is assigned an AutoIP address instead of DHCP. This indicates
that the HP All-in-One is not connected properly to the network.
Check the following:
●
●
●
Make sure all cables are connected properly and securely.
If the cables are connected properly, your access point, router, or home
gateway might not be sending an address. If this is the case, you might need to
reset the device.
Make sure your HP All-in-One is on the correct network.
The HP All-in-One is on the wrong subnet or gateway.
Print a network configuration page, and verify that the router and HP All-in-One are
on the same subnet and gateway. For more information, see View and print network
settings.
The HP All-in-One is not turned on.
Turn on the HP All-in-One.
(Wireless) You do not have an active network connection.
Make sure that you have an active network connection.
User Guide
89
Network setup
To check your network connection
1. Check the radio on indicator light on the front of your HP All-in-One to see
whether the radio is on.
2. If the wireless radio is on, check the color graphics display to see if the wireless
network icon is active and has a strong signal. A blue icon indicates an active
wireless network. Three or four signal bars indicates a strong signal. For more
information, see Color graphics display icons.
If the wireless network icon is not active, make sure all cable connections are
secure. This includes connections from your cable or DSL modem, gateway, or
router.
3. If the indicator light is off, do the following:
a. Press Setup.
b. Press
until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
Chapter 4
(continued)
The Printer Not Found screen appears during installation
4.
The Network Menu appears.
c. Press 5, then press 1 to turn the radio on.
If the radio is on, or goes on as a result of step 2, press the On button to turn
off the HP All-in-One, and then press it again to turn it on. Also, turn off the
power on your router and then turn it on again.
(Wireless) There is radio interference.
If there is a long distance between your computer and the HP All-in-One, move
them closer together. If possible, provide a clear path between the computer and
print server, and minimize sources of radio interference. Devices such as cordless
phones and microwave ovens might also cause radio interference.
(Wireless) AutoIP/DHCP has not finished running.
It might take a few minutes for the wireless connection to reestablish. Wait five
minutes and try again to make the network connection.
(Wireless) The wrong network is selected.
Network setup
Print the network configuration page, and verify that the SSID matches the SSID of
the access point. For more information, see View and print network settings. Also,
make sure to change the SSID name of the access point to something other than
the default name provided by the manufacturer.
90
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Load originals and load paper
5
Load originals and load paper
This chapter provides instructions for loading originals on the glass to copy, scan, or
fax; choosing the best paper type for your job; loading paper in the main and photo
trays; and avoiding paper jams.
Load documents, photos, slides, and negatives
You can load many different types and sizes of paper in your HP All-in-One, including
letter or A4 paper, photo paper, transparencies, and envelopes. The HP All-in-One is
set by default to detect the size and type of paper you load in the main tray
automatically and then adjust its settings to generate the highest quality output for that
paper.
Load an original
You can copy, scan, or fax originals up to 30.5 cm (12 inches) long by loading them
on the glass. You should also follow these instructions when loading a proof sheet on
the glass for photo printing.
Note Many of the special features will not work correctly if the glass and lid
backing are not clean. For more information, see Clean the HP All-in-One.
To load an original on the glass
1. Lift the lid and place your original print side down on the right front corner of the
glass. Make sure that the original is flush against the edges of the glass.
If you are loading a proof sheet, make sure the top of the proof sheet is lined up
against the right and bottom edges of the glass.
2.
Close the lid.
Load an original in the Slide and Negative Film holder
You can scan 35 mm slides and negatives with your HP All-in-One using the Slide
and Negative Film holder.
User Guide
91
Load originals and load paper
Chapter 5
To load 35 mm negatives
1. Raise the lid and remove the Slide and Negative Film holder and the lid backing.
Set the lid backing aside where it will not get damaged or dirty.
2.
3.
4.
Unfold the holder so that the negative film portion is on top and the film opening is
on the right side.
Slide the negative film into the center of the holder so that the front of the image
faces away from you and appears backward.
Place the holder on the glass and match the bottom edge with the bottom edge of
the glass. Then, match the right tab on the top half of the holder with the right
edge of the glass.
For information on scanning slides and negative film, see Scan slides or negative film.
92
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Note The HP All-in-One does not support scanning negative film that is
mounted as a slide in plastic or cardboard.
1.
Raise the lid and remove the Slide and Negative Film holder and the lid backing.
Set the lid backing aside where it will not get damaged or dirty.
2.
Unfold the holder so that the half with four slide openings is on top.
3.
Place the holder on the glass and match the bottom edge with the bottom edge of
the glass. Then, match the right tab on the top half of the holder with the right
edge of the glass.
Place the slide on the holder so that the front of the image faces down and
appears backward. Gently press down until it snaps into place.
4.
Note The slide must snap into place for the image to scan properly. If the
slide does not touch the glass the final scanned image might be blurry.
Tip If the slide does not snap into place easily, try rotating it 180
degrees. Some slides have a gap on one side that prevents them from
fitting properly.
User Guide
93
Load originals and load paper
To load 35 mm slides
Load originals and load paper
Chapter 5
For more information on scanning slides and negative film, see Scan slides or
negative film.
Replace the Slide and Negative Film holder and the lid backing
After you remove the slide or negative film, replace the holder and the lid backing in
the lid.
To replace the Slide and Negative Film holder and the lid backing
1. Place the bottom tabs of the lid backing in the slots at the bottom of the lid.
2. Rotate the lid backing up until the catch snaps firmly into place.
3.
4.
94
Place the bottom notch of the Slide and Negative Film holder under the tab at the
right bottom corner of the lid.
Lift the spring-loaded catch so that it connects with the notch on the holder.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Load originals and load paper
Load an oversized original
You can copy, scan, or fax oversized originals by completely removing the lid from
your HP All-in-One. Your HP All-in-One functions normally with the lid removed.
Tip When you copy oversized originals, place the lid over the original. This
improves the quality of the copy and reduces ink use.
To remove the lid
1. If necessary, unplug the Slide and Negative light power cord and remove it from
the cord clips on the back of the HP All-in-One.
User Guide
2.
Lift the lid to the open position, grasp the sides of the lid, and then gently pull the
lid upward until it stops.
3.
Press the hinge releases until the lid separates from the rest of the HP All-in-One.
95
Load originals and load paper
Chapter 5
4.
When you finish copying, faxing, or scanning, replace the lid by inserting the tabs
on the hinge back into the appropriate slots, and then reconnect the Slide and
Negative light power cord. Replace the cord in the cord clips on the back of the
HP All-in-One.
Choose papers for printing and copying
You can use many types and sizes of paper in your HP All-in-One. Review the
following recommendations to get the best printing and copying quality. Whenever you
change paper types or sizes, remember to change those settings.
Recommended papers for printing and copying
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are
specifically designed for the type of project you are printing. If you are printing photos,
for example, use glossy or matte photo paper. If you are printing a brochure or
presentation, use a type of paper specifically designed for that purpose.
For more information about HP papers, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, or go
to:
www.hp.com/support/inkjet_media
At this time, this portion of the site is available in English only.
For support for the HP All-in-One, go to:
www.hp.com/support
To purchase HP papers, go to:
www.hp.com/learn/suresupply
Papers to avoid
Using paper that is too thin, paper that has a slick texture, or paper that stretches
easily can cause paper jams. Using paper that has a heavy texture or does not accept
ink can cause printed images to smear, bleed, or not fill in completely.
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.
96
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Load originals and load paper
HP does not recommend printing to the following papers:
● Paper with cutouts or perforations (unless specifically designed for use with
HP inkjet devices).
● Highly textured stock, such as linen. It might not print evenly, and the ink can
bleed into these papers.
● Extremely smooth, shiny, or coated papers not specifically designed for your
HP All-in-One. They can jam the HP All-in-One or repel the ink.
● Multi-part forms, such as duplicate and triplicate forms. They can wrinkle or get
stuck, and the ink is also more likely to smear.
● Envelopes with clasps or windows. They can get stuck in the rollers and cause
paper jams.
HP does not recommend copying to the following papers:
● Any size paper other than those listed in Technical information.
● Paper with cutouts or perforations (unless specifically designed for use with
HP inkjet devices).
● Envelopes.
● Transparency film other than HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film or
HP Premium Plus Inkjet Transparency Film.
● Multiple-part forms or label stock.
Select an input tray
This section describes the procedure for choosing an input tray. The HP All-in-One
has a main tray for full-size media and small media. It also has a photo tray for small
media only.
You can select an input tray at any time during the process of printing and copying.
The main tray is the default input tray, but you can specifically select the photo tray
using the Copy menu and Photo menu options or the Photo Tray button on the
control panel.
To select the photo tray after you adjust your settings in the Photo or Copy menu
1. Adjust your Photo menu or Copy menu settings as needed.
2. Press Photo Tray on the control panel to select the photo tray.
The Photo Tray light turns on.
3. Press Start Color or Start Black.
To select input trays without adjusting any other settings
1. Press Photo Tray on the control panel.
The Select Function menu appears.
2. Press 1 to select Copy, or press 2 to select Photo.
Depending on which option you selected, the Tray Select menu option in the
Copy menu or the Photo menu appears.
or
to select the tray you want to use, and then press OK.
3. Press
User Guide
97
Load originals and load paper
Chapter 5
If you selected the photo tray, the Photo Tray light turns on. If you selected the
main tray, the light does not turn on.
The Photo Tray light remains on for five minutes after the last button press or the last
copy or print job. This allows you to complete several jobs using the photo tray without
having to select the tray every time. If you want to use the main tray, press Photo
Tray again to turn off the Photo Tray light.
Load paper
This section describes the procedure for loading different types and sizes of paper
into your HP All-in-One for your copies, printouts, or faxes.
Tip To help prevent rips, wrinkles, and curled or bent edges, store all paper
flat in a resealable bag. If the paper is not stored properly, extreme changes in
temperature and humidity might result in curled paper that does not work well
in the HP All-in-One.
Load full-size paper
You can load many types of letter, A4, or legal paper, including A4 and 8.5 x 11 inch
photo paper, into the main tray of your HP All-in-One.
To load full-size paper
1. Pull out the main tray, and slide the paper-width and paper-length guides to their
outermost positions.
2.
3.
Tap a stack of paper on a flat surface to align the edges, and then check the
paper for the following:
– Make sure it is free of rips, dust, wrinkles, and curled or bent edges.
– Make sure all the paper in the stack is the same size and type.
Insert the stack of paper into the main tray with the short edge forward and the
print side down. Slide the stack of paper forward until it stops.
Tip If you are using letterhead, insert the top of the page first with the
print side down. For more help on loading full-size paper and letterhead,
refer to the diagram engraved in the base of the main tray.
98
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Slide the paper-width and paper-length guides inward until they stop at the edges
of the paper.
Do not overload the main tray; make sure the stack of paper fits within the main
tray and is no higher than the top of the paper-width guide.
5.
6.
Push the main tray back into the HP All-in-One.
Pull the output tray extender toward you, as far as it will go. Flip the paper catch
at the end of the output tray extender to open the extender the rest of the way.
Load 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper
You can load 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper, Hagaki cards, postcards, and other
small media up to 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) size into the photo tray of your HP All-inOne. For best results, use 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) HP Premium photo paper or HP
Premium Plus photo paper, and set the paper type and size for your print or copy job.
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
You can also load small media in the main tray. For more information, see Load
postcards, Hagaki cards, or HP Panorama photo paper.
Tip To help prevent rips, wrinkles, and curled or bent edges, store all paper
flat in a resealable bag. If the paper is not stored properly, extreme changes in
temperature and humidity might result in curled paper that does not work well
in the HP All-in-One.
User Guide
99
Load originals and load paper
4.
Load originals and load paper
Chapter 5
To load 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper in the photo tray
1. Remove the output tray.
Tip You can open the ink cartridge access door and rotate the control
panel all the way down for better access to the photo tray.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Insert the stack of photo paper into the photo tray with the short edge forward and
the print side down. Slide the stack of photo paper forward until it stops.
If the photo paper you are using has perforated tabs, load the photo paper so that
the tabs are closest to you.
Slide the paper-length and paper-width guides inward against the stack of photo
paper until they stop.
Do not overload the photo tray; make sure the stack of photo paper fits within the
photo tray and is no higher than the top of the paper-width guide.
Replace the output tray.
Press Photo Tray on the control panel to select the photo tray.
When you press Photo Tray, menu options appear on the color graphics display.
Press 1 to select Copy, or press 2 to select Photo.
Depending on which option you selected, the Copy Menu or the Photo Menu
appears.
Use the arrows to select the photo tray, then press OK.
Load postcards, Hagaki cards, or HP Panorama photo paper
You can load 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper, Hagaki cards, postcards, or
panorama photo paper into the main tray of your HP All-in-One.
You can also load small media (such as 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper,
postcards and Hagaki cards) in the photo tray. For more information, see Load 10 x
15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper.
For the best results, set the paper type and size before printing or copying. For more
information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
100
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
3.
4.
5.
Insert the stack of cards into the far right side of the main tray with the short edge
forward and the print side down. Slide the stack forward until it stops.
Slide the paper-length and paper-width guides inward against the stack of cards
until they stop.
Do not overload the main tray; make sure the stack of cards fits within the main
tray and is no higher than the top of the paper-width guide.
Push the main tray back into the HP All-in-One.
Load envelopes
You can load one or more envelopes into the main tray of your HP All-in-One. Do not
use shiny or embossed envelopes or envelopes that have clasps or windows.
Note For specific details on how to format text for printing on envelopes,
consult the help files in your word processing software. For best results,
consider using a label for the return address on envelopes.
To load envelopes
1. Pull out the main tray past the first stop but do not remove it from the device.
2. Remove all paper from the main tray.
3. Insert one or more envelopes into the far right side of the main tray with the
envelope flaps up and to the left. Slide the stack of envelopes forward until it stops.
Tip For more help on loading envelopes, refer to the diagram engraved
in the base of the main tray.
User Guide
101
Load originals and load paper
To load postcards, Hagaki cards, or panorama photo paper in the main tray
1. Pull out the main tray past the first stop but do not remove it from the device.
2. Remove all paper from the main tray and slide the paper-width and paper-length
guides to their outermost positions.
Load originals and load paper
Chapter 5
4.
Slide the paper-length and paper-width guides inward against the stack of
envelopes until they stop.
Do not overload the main tray; make sure the stack of envelopes fits within the
main tray and is no higher than the top of the paper-width guide.
5.
Push the main tray back into the HP All-in-One.
Load other types of paper
The following table provides guidelines for loading certain types of paper. For best
results, adjust the paper settings each time you change paper sizes or paper types.
For information on changing paper settings for printing from a software application, or
for information about the following papers, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Note Not all paper sizes and paper types are available with all the functions
on the HP All-in-One. Some paper sizes and paper types can only be used if
you are starting a print job from the Print dialog box in a software application,
or if you are making a copy. They are not available for faxing or printing photos
from a memory card, digital camera, or storage device. Papers that are only
available for printing from a software application are indicated as such.
Paper
Tips
HP papers
HP Advanced Photo Paper or HP Photo Paper
Locate the arrow on the nonprinting side of the paper, and then slide
the paper into the main tray with the arrow side facing up. A sensor in
the HP All-in-One automatically optimizes the print speed and quality.
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film
Insert the film so that the white transparency strip (with arrows and the
HP logo) is on top and is going into the main tray first. For best results,
set the paper type to Transparency before printing or copying.
Note The HP All-in-One might not automatically detect transparency
film if it is loaded incorrectly, or if you use transparency film other than
HP transparency film.
102
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Paper
Tips
HP Iron-On Transfers
Flatten the transfer sheet completely before using it; do not load curled
sheets. Locate the blue stripe on the nonprinting side of the transfer
paper and then manually feed one sheet at a time into the main tray
with the blue stripe facing up.
Tip To prevent curling, keep transfer sheets sealed in the original
package until you are ready to use them.
This paper is supported for printing from a software application only.
HP Matte Greeting Cards, HP Photo Greeting Cards, or
HP Textured Greeting Cards
Insert a small stack of HP greeting card paper into the main tray with
the print side down, and then slide the stack of cards forward until it
stops. For best results, set the paper type to Premium Photo before
printing or copying.
Labels
HP Inkjet Labels
Always use letter or A4 label sheets designed for use with HP inkjet
devices (such as HP inkjet labels), and make sure that the labels are
no more than two years old. Labels on older sheets might peel off
when the paper is pulled through the HP All-in-One, causing
subsequent paper jams.
1. Fan the stack of labels to make sure none of the pages are
sticking together.
2. Place a stack of label sheets on top of full-size plain paper in the
main tray, label side down. Do not insert labels one sheet at a time.
This paper is supported for printing from a software application only.
Avoid paper jams
To help avoid paper jams, follow these guidelines:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Prevent curled or wrinkled paper by storing all unused paper flat in a resealable
bag.
Remove printed papers from the output tray frequently.
Ensure that paper loaded in the main tray lays flat and the edges are not bent or
torn.
Do not combine different paper types and paper sizes in the main tray; the entire
stack of paper in the main tray must be the same size and type.
Adjust the paper guides in the main tray to fit snugly against the paper edges.
Make sure the paper guides do not bend the paper in the main tray.
Do not force paper too far forward in the main tray.
Use paper types that are recommended for your HP All-in-One. For more
information, see Choose papers for printing and copying.
For information about clearing paper jams, see Paper troubleshooting.
User Guide
103
Load originals and load paper
(continued)
Load originals and load paper
Chapter 5
104
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
6
Use the photo and video features
The HP All-in-One can access your memory cards or storage devices so you can
print, store, manage, and share your photos or videos. You can insert the memory
card into the HP All-in-One, or connect a storage device (such as a USB keychain
drive) or digital camera to the front USB port, letting the HP All-in-One read the
contents. You can also connect a digital camera with PictBridge mode to the front
USB port to print photos directly from your camera.
This chapter contains information on using a memory card, storage device, or a digital
camera with your HP All-in-One. Read this chapter for information on viewing,
selecting, editing, saving, printing, and sharing photos and videos using your HP All-inOne.
If your digital camera uses a memory card to store photos, you can insert the memory
card in your HP All-in-One to print or save your photos.
Caution Never attempt to remove a memory card while it is being accessed.
Doing so can damage files on the card. You can safely remove a card only
when the photo light is not blinking. Also, never insert more than one memory
card at a time. Doing so can also damage files on the memory cards.
You can print a proof sheet, which might be several pages long and shows thumbnail
views of photos stored on the memory card or storage device. You can also print
photos from the memory card or storage device, even if your HP All-in-One is not
connected to a computer. For more information, see Print photos using a proof sheet.
Your HP All-in-One can read the following memory cards: CompactFlash (I, II),
Memory Sticks, MultiMediaCard (MMC), Secure Digital, and xD-Picture Card.
Note You can scan a document, photo, slides, or negative film and send the
scanned image to an inserted memory card or storage device. For more
information, see Scan an image.
Your HP All-in-One features four slots for memory cards, shown in the following
illustration, with the memory cards that correspond to each slot.
User Guide
105
Photos and videos
Insert a memory card
Chapter 6
Photos and videos
The slots are configured as follows:
●
●
●
●
Top left slot: CompactFlash (I, II)
Top right slot: Secure Digital, MultiMediaCard (MMC), Secure MultiMedia Card
Bottom left slot: xD-Picture Card
Bottom right slot: Memory Stick, Magic Gate Memory Stick, Memory Stick Duo
(with user-supplied adapter), Memory Stick Pro
To insert a memory card
1. Turn the memory card so that the label faces left, and the contacts are facing
your HP All-in-One.
2. Insert the memory card into the corresponding memory card slot.
Connect a digital camera
The HP All-in-One supports the PictBridge mode, which enables you to connect any
camera in PictBridge mode to the front USB port and print photos contained on the
memory card in the camera. See the documentation that came with your camera to
find out if it supports PictBridge.
The front USB port is located underneath the memory card slots:
If your camera is not in PictBridge mode or does not support PictBridge, you can still
access photos in the camera by using the camera in storage device mode. For more
information, see Connect a storage device.
1.
2.
Connect your camera to the front USB port on your HP All-in-One using the USB
cable supplied with your camera.
Turn on your camera and make sure it is in PictBridge mode.
Note Check your camera documentation to verify how to change the
USB mode to PictBridge. Different cameras use different terms to
describe PictBridge mode. For instance, some cameras have a digital
106
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
camera setting and a disk drive setting. In this instance, the digital
camera setting is the PictBridge mode setting.
After you successfully connect your camera in PictBridge mode to the HP All-in-One,
you can print your photos. Make sure the size of the paper loaded in the HP All-inOne matches the setting on your camera. If the paper size setting on your camera is
set to the default, the HP All-in-One uses the paper that is currently loaded in the
default input tray selected for printing from a PictBridge camera. Refer to the user
guide that came with your camera for detailed information on printing directly from the
camera using PictBridge.
Note You can change your PictBridge Tray Select preferences to change
the default input tray used when printing from a PictBridge camera. For more
information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
You can connect a storage device such as a keychain drive, portable hard drive, or a
digital camera in storage mode to the front USB port on your HP All-in-One. The front
USB port is located underneath the memory card slots:
Note Digital cameras that are in storage mode can be attached to the front
USB port. The HP All-in-One treats cameras in this mode as a normal storage
device. Digital cameras in storage mode are referred to as storage devices
throughout this section. If your camera supports PictBridge, see Connect a
digital camera.
Check your camera documentation to verify how to change the USB mode to
storage mode. Different cameras use different terms to describe the storage
mode. For instance, some cameras have a digital camera setting and a disk
drive setting. In this instance, the disk drive setting is the storage mode
setting.
Once you have connected the storage device, you can do the following with the files
stored on your storage device:
●
●
●
●
●
Transfer the files to your computer
View photos and videos
Edit photos and videos using the control panel
Print photos on your HP All-in-One
Send photos and videos to your friends and family
Caution Never attempt to disconnect a storage device while it is being
accessed. Doing so can damage files on the storage device. You can safely
remove a storage device only when the photo light is not blinking.
User Guide
107
Photos and videos
Connect a storage device
Chapter 6
View photos and videos
You can view photos and videos on the color graphics display of your HP All-in-One.
You can also view photos using the HP Image Zone software that came with your
HP All-in-One.
View photos and videos using the HP All-in-One
You can view and select photos and videos on the color graphics display of your
HP All-in-One.
Your HP All-in-One supports videos with sound. For more information on adjusting the
volume, see View a video.
Photos and videos
View a photo
You can view a photo on the control panel of your HP All-in-One.
To view a photo
1. Insert the memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or
connect a storage device to the front USB port.
2. Press or until the photo you want to view appears on the color graphics
display.
Tip You can press and hold down
photos and videos.
or
to quickly navigate through all
View a slideshow
You can use the Slideshow option on the Photo Menu to view all the photos on a
memory card or storage device as a slideshow.
To view a slideshow
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
2. Press Photo to display the Photo Menu.
3. Press 7 to start the slideshow.
4. Press Cancel to end the slideshow.
5. Press Photo again to return to the photo display.
View a video
You can view a video file on your HP All-in-One. Using the buttons on the control
panel, you can play a video, forward through a video, reverse a video, and stop a
video.
You can listen to videos with sound using the control panel. You can also adjust the
video volume.
When a video is stopped or paused, you can select a single video frame for printing.
For more information, see Select photos and videos.
108
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Note Large video files might not appear quickly on the color graphics display.
To view a video
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
2. Press Video. The first frame of the first video stored on the memory card or
storage device appears on the color graphics display.
3. Press or to scroll to the first frame of the video you want to play.
Videos are indicated by a video icon on the color graphics display.
4. Press 2 to play the video.
While the video is playing, you can press the following buttons:
Function
Photos and videos
Button
Press 1 to reverse through the video. Press this
button while the video is paused to reverse
through individual video frames.
Press 2 to pause the video. Press 2 again to
resume the video.
Press 3 to forward through the video. Press this
button while the video is paused to forward
through individual video frames.
Cancel
or
Press Cancel to stop the video.
Press these buttons to adjust the volume of the
video.
View photos using your computer
You can view and edit photos using the HP Image Zone software that came with your
HP All-in-One.
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Select photos and videos
You can use the control panel on your HP All-in-One to select photos and videos.
Select individual photos and videos
You can select individual photos and videos to edit, print, or save to your computer.
To select individual photos and videos
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
2. Press or to scroll to the photo or video file you want to select.
User Guide
109
Chapter 6
Tip You can press and hold down
photos and videos.
or
to quickly navigate through all
Note The first frame of a video appears on the color graphics display
with the video icon at the bottom of the frame.
3.
4.
Press OK to select the photo or video currently shown on the color graphics
display.
A check mark appears next to the selected photo or video.
Repeat the previous steps to select as many photos or videos as you want.
Select all photos and videos
Photos and videos
You can select all photos and videos on a memory card or storage device from the
control panel.
To select all photos and videos
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
2. Press the Select Photos button:
3.
Press OK. This selects the first photo stored on the memory card or storage
device.
Note Each photo on the memory card or storage device has a number
assigned to it by your HP All-in-One. This photo number is located in the
bottom-right corner of the photo when it is currently shown on the color
graphics display. The number to the left of the forward slash (/) is the
photo number. The number to the right of the forward slash represents the
total number of photos stored on the memory card or storage device.
4.
Press OK again. This selects the last photo stored on the memory card or
storage device.
A check mark appears next to the selected photos and videos.
Select a range of photos and videos
You can select a range of photos and videos stored on a memory card or storage
device from the control panel.
To select a range of photos and videos
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
2. Press the Select Photos button:
110
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
3.
Enter the first photo number you want to select in the range by using the keypad,
or by pressing the or to scroll to the number you want to select.
Note Each photo on the memory card or storage device has a number
assigned to it by your HP All-in-One. This photo number is located in the
bottom-right corner of the photo when it is currently shown on the color
graphics display. The number to the left of the forward slash (/) is the
photo number. The number to the right of the forward slash represents the
total number of photos stored on the memory card or storage device.
6.
Press OK.
Enter the last photo you want to select in the range by using the keypad, or by
pressing the or to scroll to the number you want to select.
Press OK.
All photos you specified in the range are selected. A check mark appears next to
the selected photos and videos.
Select a single video frame
You can select a single video frame stored on a memory card or storage device on
the control panel to print.
To select a single video frame
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
2. Press or to scroll to the video file you want to select.
3. Press 2.
The video begins to play.
4. Press 2 again to pause the video when the video advances close to the frame
you want to print.
5. Do one of the following:
– Press 1 to advance forward through each video frame until the frame you
want to print appears on the color graphics display.
– Press 3 to move backward through each video frame until the frame you
want to print appears on the color graphics display.
6. Press OK.
A check mark appears next to the selected video frame.
Note You can select up to 10 video frames.
User Guide
111
Photos and videos
4.
5.
Chapter 6
Deselect photos and videos
You can deselect individual photos and videos, or deselect all photos and videos
located on a memory card or storage device.
➔
Do one of the following:
– Press OK to deselect the currently selected photo or video shown on the
color graphics display.
– Press Cancel to deselect all photos and videos and return to the idle screen.
Edit photos
Photos and videos
The HP All-in-One offers several basic editing controls that you can apply to the
image currently displayed on the color graphics display. These controls include
brightness adjustment, special color effects, cropping, rotating, and more.
For more information on editing photos using the control panel, see the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help.
Note You can enhance selected video frames before printing. For more
information, see Set photo print options.
You can also use the HP Image Zone software to view and edit images. You can
print images, send images by e-mail to friends and relatives, upload images to a
website, or use images in fun and creative printing projects. The HP Image Zone
software lets you do all this and much more. Explore the software to take full
advantage of the features of your HP All-in-One. For more information on editing
photos using the HP Image Zone software, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Print photos and videos from the control panel
You can use the control panel to print photos from a memory card or storage device.
You can also print photos directly from a camera that supports PictBridge. For more
information see Connect a digital camera.
For more information about inserting a memory card, see Insert a memory card. For
more information about connecting a storage device, see Connect a storage device.
This section contains information about common printing tasks. The onscreen
HP Image Zone Help contains information about special photo print tasks such as the
following:
●
●
●
●
Printing camera-selected (DPOF) photos
Printing video action photos
Printing panoramic photos
Printing passport photos
For more information about these features, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Note When printing photos and videos, the photo print options are
automatically selected for the best results. These options can be changed in
the Print Options menu. For more information, see Set photo print options.
112
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
You can do more than print your photos if you use the HP Image Zone software. This
software lets you use photos for iron-on transfers, posters, banners, stickers, and
other creative projects. For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Use the Easy Print Wizard
You can use the Easy Print Wizard to select your choices for the most commonly
used photo print options. Once you have selected your photo print options using the
Easy Print Wizard, the photos automatically print.
Print selected photos and videos
You can print selected photos or video frames directly from the control panel without
using a proof sheet.
Note If you have selected a video file, only the first frame of the video will
print unless you selected individual video frames to print. For more information,
see Select photos and videos.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
User Guide
Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
The Photo button lights up.
Press or to move backward or forward through the photos, one photo at a
time. Press and hold or to move rapidly through the photos.
When the photo you want to print appears on the color graphics display, press
OK. A check mark appears next to the selected photo.
Press Photo to display the Photo Menu, and then modify the photo print options
as desired.
Press Start Black or Start Color to print the selected photos.
Press Photo again to return to the photo display.
113
Photos and videos
To use the Easy Print Wizard
1. Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
The Photo button lights up.
2. Press or until the photo or video you want to print appears on the color
graphics display, and then press OK.
Repeat this step until all photos you want to print are selected.
3. Press Photo to display the Photo Menu.
4. Press 1 to select Easy Print Wizard.
The Layout menu appears.
5. Press the number next to the Layout option you want to select.
The Tray Select menu appears.
6. Press 1 to select the Main Tray or 2 to select the Photo Tray.
The Ready to Print message appears.
7. Verify the paper is inserted in the input tray print side down, and then press OK to
print the photos using the options you have selected.
Chapter 6
Print a cropped photo
You can crop a photo for printing using the zoom feature on your control panel. The
image you see on the color graphics display reflects how the photo will look when it is
printed.
Note The crop setting is not saved to the original photo file. The photo returns
to its original size after it is printed.
Photos and videos
To print a cropped photo
1. Display a photo on the color graphics display.
For more information, see View a photo.
2. Press the zoom buttons (4 or 5) to zoom in or out to view the photo at different
sizes:
3.
4.
5.
Use the arrow buttons to move the image display to view the approximate area of
the photo that will print.
Press OK to select the photo and exit zoom mode while retaining the zoom
settings for printing.
A check mark appears next to the selected photo.
Press Start Color or Start Black to print the selected photo.
Print photos using a proof sheet
A proof sheet is a simple and convenient way to select photos and make prints
directly from a memory card or storage device without the need for a computer. A
proof sheet, which might be several pages long, shows thumbnail views of photos
stored on the memory card. The file name, index number, and date appear under
each thumbnail. Proof sheets are also a quick way to create a printed catalog of your
photos.
Note 1 If there are videos located on the memory card or storage device, only
the first frame of the video will print on the proof sheet.
Note 2 You cannot print a proof sheet of photos on a camera in PictBridge
mode. The camera must be in storage mode. For more information, see
Connect a storage device.
Printing photos from a proof sheet is done in three steps: printing a proof sheet,
completing the proof sheet, and scanning the proof sheet.
Print a proof sheet
The first step in using a proof sheet is to print it from the HP All-in-One.
1.
2.
114
Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
Press Proof Sheet, and then press 1.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
This displays the Proof Sheet Menu and then selects Print Proof Sheet.
Note Depending on how many photos are on the memory card, the time
it takes to print a proof sheet can vary greatly.
3.
If there are more than 20 photos on the card, the Select Photos menu appears.
Press the number next to the command you want to select:
– 1. All
– 2. Last 20
– 3. Custom Range
4.
If you select a video, only the first frame of the video will print on the proof sheet.
If you choose Custom Range, enter the photo numbers for the first and last
photos you want to print, and then press OK.
Note You can erase photo numbers by pressing
5.
to backspace.
Complete the proof sheet. For more information, see Complete the proof sheet.
Complete the proof sheet
After you have printed a proof sheet, you can use it to select the photos you want to
print.
1.
Select the photos to print by using a dark pen or pencil to fill in the circles located
under the thumbnail images on the proof sheet.
Note If you select a video on the proof sheet, only the first frame of the
video will be printed.
2.
Select one layout style by filling in a circle in step 2 of the proof sheet.
Note If you need more control over print settings than the proof sheet
provides, you can print photos directly from the control panel. For more
information, see Print photos and videos from the control panel.
3.
User Guide
Scan the proof sheet. For more information, see Scan a proof sheet.
115
Photos and videos
Note Use the photo numbers to select which photos to print for a custom
range. This number might be different from the number associated with
the photo on your digital camera. Photo numbers are found at the bottom
of the photo on the color graphics display.
Chapter 6
Scan a proof sheet
The final step in using a proof sheet is to scan the completed sheet you have placed
on the scanner glass.
1.
2.
Photos and videos
3.
Load the proof sheet print side down on the right front corner of the glass. Make
sure the sides of the proof sheet touch the right and front edges. Close the lid.
Load photo paper in the main tray or photo tray. Make sure the same memory
card or storage device you used to print the proof sheet is still inserted or
connected to the HP All-in-One when you scan that proof sheet.
Press Proof Sheet, and then press 2.
This displays the Proof Sheet Menu and then selects Scan Proof Sheet.
The HP All-in-One scans the proof sheet and prints the selected photos.
Set photo print options
The Print Options menu gives you access to a variety of settings that affect the way
photos print, including number of copies, paper types, and more. The default
measurements and sizes vary according to country/region.
1.
2.
3.
Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
Press Photo.
The Photo Menu appears.
Press 2 to access the Print Options menu, and then press the number next to
the setting you want to change.
Note For more information on the photo print options, see the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help.
4.
5.
Make the change to the setting, and then press OK.
Press Photo again to return to the photo display.
Save photos to your computer
After you take photos with your digital camera, you can print them immediately or
save them to your computer. To save them to your computer, you can remove the
memory card from the camera and insert it in the appropriate memory card slot on the
HP All-in-One. You can also set the camera to storage mode and connect it to the
front USB port to save the photos to your computer.
For information about connecting a digital camera that is in storage mode, see
Connect a storage device. For more information about inserting memory cards, see
Insert a memory card.
Note You can only use one memory card in your HP All-in-One at a time. You
also cannot use a memory card and a storage device or camera with
PictBridge at the same time.
1.
116
Insert a memory card into the appropriate slot on your HP All-in-One, or connect
a storage device to the front USB port.
The photo light blinks when the files are accessed.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Caution Never attempt to remove a memory card while it is being
accessed. Doing so can damage files on the card. You can safely remove
a card only when the photo light is not blinking.
2.
Share photos with friends and relatives
You can easily share photos with friends and family using the HP Instant Share online
service. HP Instant Share enables you to send photos to others as e-mail, upload
photos to an online photo album or photo finishing service, or send the photos to a
network-connected HP All-in-One to print.
Note Availability of the services described here varies by country/region.
Some of the services described here might not be available in your country/
region.
In order to take full advantage of the HP Instant Share features available from the
control panel of a network-connected HP All-in-One, you must set up HP Instant
Share on your HP All-in-One. For information on setting up and using HP Instant
Share, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
User Guide
117
Photos and videos
3.
Do one of the following:
– If your HP All-in-One is connected directly to your computer using a USB
cable, a transfer dialog box appears on your computer. Follow the onscreen
prompts on your computer to save the photos to your computer.
For more information on the transfer software dialog box, see the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help that came with your software.
– If the HP All-in-One is on a network, you must press Photo to display the
Photo Menu, press 5 to select Transfer to computer, and then select your
computer from the displayed list. Return to your computer and follow the
onscreen prompts to select your transfer options.
Once you have completed the onscreen prompts, your photos are saved from the
memory card or storage device to your computer.
– For Windows: by default, files are saved in month and year folders
depending on when the photos were taken. The folders are created under
the C:\Documents and Settings\username\My Documents\My Pictures
folder in Windows XP and Windows 2000.
– For Mac: by default, files are saved to the computer in a Hard
Drive:Users:User Name:Pictures:HP Photos folder.
The HP All-in-One is finished reading the memory card when the photo light stops
blinking and remains lit. The first photo appears on the color graphics display.
To navigate through the photos, press or to move backward or forward
through the photos, one photo at a time. Press and hold or to move rapidly
backward or forward through the photos.
Photos and videos
Chapter 6
118
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
7
Share your images with family
and friends
You can easily share your images with family and friends by using the HP Instant
Share online service. HP Instant Share lets you send images to your family and
friends or, if your HP All-in-One is network-connected and registered with HP Instant
Share, receive images from others for viewing and printing.
To take full advantage of the HP Instant Share features available from the control
panel of a network-connected HP All-in-One, you must set up HP Instant Share on
your HP All-in-One. If you installed the HP Image Zone software, press the
HP Instant Share button on the control panel of your network-connected HP All-inOne to launch the setup wizard on a connected computer. For more information on
setting up HP Instant Share on your HP All-in-One and using any of the features
described in this chapter, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help. For more
information on the HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.
Send images to others
You can easily send your images to family and friends by using the HP Instant Share
online service. HP Instant Share lets you send thumbnail previews of your images to
your family and friends' e-mail addresses. They can pick up the full-size images from
the HP Instant Share server when it is convenient for them, rather than wait for large
images to download from their e-mail provider.
If a friend or family member has a network-connected HP device that is registered
with HP Instant Share, you can also send images directly to their HP device to print.
Additionally, you can upload images to an online photo album or to a photo finishing
service, where you can order professional quality prints of your images.
Note Availability of the services described here varies by country/region.
Some of the services described here might not be available in your country/
region.
To send images
➔ Start by pressing the HP Instant Share button on the control panel of your HP Allin-One. Then, follow the onscreen instructions.
Receive images from others
If your HP All-in-One is network-connected and registered with HP Instant Share,
other HP Instant Share users can send images directly to your HP All-in-One.
Depending on the permissions you set up for receiving images, the images are either
User Guide
119
Share your images
Tip You can also use HP Instant Share to send documents, like a fax
machine, if a friend or relative does not have access to a fax machine. Instead,
scan the document from the glass and then use HP Instant Share to send it to
the recipient's e-mail address.
Chapter 7
stored on the server for you to review before printing, or they automatically print when
you receive them.
In addition to printing images that you receive from others, you can also forward an
image collection to another share destination or save an image collection to a memory
card or storage device that is inserted in your HP All-in-One.
To use any of these features
➔ Start by pressing the HP Instant Share button on the control panel of your HP Allin-One. Then, follow the onscreen instructions.
Note If your HP All-in-One is connected directly to a computer with a USB
cable, users cannot send images directly to your HP All-in-One. The
information in this section does not apply to you. However, HP Instant Share
users can still e-mail images to you.
View images before printing them
Depending on the settings you chose and the permissions you granted when you set
up HP Instant Share, the images you receive might be stored on the server for you to
review before printing. If Auto Checking is turned on, your HP All-in-One
automatically checks the HP Instant Share server periodically to see if anyone has
sent images to you. The HP Instant Share icon at the bottom of the color graphics
display turns blue if you have images waiting on the HP Instant Share server.
For more information on the HP Instant Share icon, see Color graphics display icons.
Print photos without viewing them first
Share your images
Depending on the settings you chose and the permissions you granted when you set
up HP Instant Share, your HP All-in-One might automatically print the images in a
received image collection. In order for this to work, you must:
●
●
Turn on Auto Checking for HP Instant Share.
Grant permission to one or more HP Instant Share users to send images directly
to your HP All-in-One for automatic printing.
If these two conditions are met, your HP All-in-One will automatically print images that
you receive from authorized users.
Forward a received image collection
You can forward any image collection that you receive to another share destination.
This enables you to share the images you have received with another family member
or friend, post the images in an online photo album, or send the images to an online
photo finishing service to order professional quality prints.
Note Availability of the services described here varies by country/region.
Some of the services described here might not be available in your country/
region.
120
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Save received images to a memory card or storage device
In addition to printing images that you receive from others, you can also save an
entire image collection to a memory card or storage device that is inserted in your
HP All-in-One. This enables you to keep copies of the images even after they expire
and are deleted from the HP Instant Share server. (The number of days before image
collections expire is subject to change. See the HP Instant Share Terms of Service on
the HP website for the most current information.)
Print to your HP All-in-One from a remote location
You can use your HP Instant Share account to print from your Windows computer to a
network-connected HP device that is registered with HP Instant Share. For example,
you can use the HP remote printer driver to print from your laptop at a coffee shop to
your network-connected HP All-in-One at home. If a friend or relative does not have a
printer, they can download the HP remote printer driver to their computer, then, with
your authorization, print to your HP All-in-One.
The HP remote printer driver is installed on the Windows computer where you
installed the software for your HP All-in-One. If you want to install the HP remote
printer driver on another Windows computer, such as a laptop, you can either install
the HP Image Zone software that came with your HP All-in-One or you can download
the HP remote printer driver from the HP website.
Go to www.hp.com and search the HP website for the phrase "HP Instant Share
Remote Printing".
➔
Once the HP remote print driver is installed, you can print remotely to the HP Allin-One by selecting Print from the File menu in any software application and
choosing HP remote printers as your printer.
Configure HP Instant Share
The options described here enable you to customize the way that HP Instant Share
works for you. For detailed information on any of these settings, see the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help.
1.
2.
Press Setup on the control panel.
Press
to highlight HP Instant Share, and then press OK.
The HP Instant Share Options menu appears. It contains the following options
for configuring the way HP Instant Share works.
Manage Account
User Guide
Launches the HP Instant Share software on your
computer so you can log in and perform advanced setup,
such as adding share destinations and configuring
preferences for receiving images from specific individuals.
121
Share your images
Note To download the HP remote printer driver from the HP website, HP
recommends that you use a broadband or other high-speed Internet
connection. HP does not recommend using a dial-up connection. It takes
approximately 3 to 5 minutes to download the HP remote printer driver using a
broadband connection.
Chapter 7
Display Device
Name
Displays the name assigned to your HP All-in-One when
you registered your device with HP Instant Share. You
will need to give this name to other HP Instant Share
users if you want them to send images directly to your
HP All-in-One to print.
Receive Options
Enables you to set your HP All-in-One to Private or
Open mode when receiving images.
–
–
Default Print Size
In Private mode, your HP All-in-One will only accept
images from authorized users you specify.
In Open mode, any HP Instant Share user who
knows your device name can send images to your
HP All-in-One.
Enables you to specify what size to print images you
receive (if they do not already have a preset image size).
You can set images to print at a specific size, such as 10
x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch), or you can set them to fit on
whatever size paper is currently loaded in the main tray.
Auto Checking
Configures the HP All-in-One to check the HP Instant
Share server periodically for received images or not.
Share your images
Tip You might want to turn this setting off if you are
going on vacation and will not be available to reload the
input tray if it runs out of paper. If you set Auto
Checking to Off, you can check for received images at
any time by pressing the HP Instant Share button and
selecting Receive.
Remove
Collections
Enables you to remove a received image collection from
the Received menu. The image collections are still
available on the HP Instant Share server until they expire.
Reset HP Instant
Share
Clears the HP Instant Share settings saved on your
HP All-in-One, including the device name and other
account information. This protects your privacy if you
ever choose to resell or give away your HP All-in-One.
HP Instant Share will no longer recognize the HP All-inOne as a registered device for sending and receiving
images.
Tip If you choose this option accidentally, register the
HP All-in-One again using the same HP Passport
account. The device will be assigned the same device
name as before. The share destinations and settings
are also reapplied.
122
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
8
Use the copy features
The HP All-in-One allows you to produce high-quality color and black-and-white
copies on a variety of paper types. This chapter provides instructions for making a
copy, previewing a copy job, selecting an area to crop, and changing other copy
settings.
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the copy features available to help you
get started using your HP All-in-One to make copies. Explore the onscreen HP Image
Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One software for information on all of the
copy settings that your HP All-in-One supports. For example, the onscreen HP Image
Zone Help provides information on copying multiple-page documents, enhancing light
areas of your copy, and more. For more information on the HP Image Zone Help, see
Use the onscreen Help.
Make a copy
You can make quality copies from the control panel.
To make a copy from the control panel
1. Load paper in either the main tray or photo tray.
You can load up to 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper (without tabs) into the
photo tray. Larger size photo paper, however, must be loaded in the main tray.
– For more information on selecting the appropriate tray, see Select an input tray.
– For more information on loading paper in the appropriate tray, see Load paper
2. Load your original print side down on the right front corner of the glass.
3. Do one of the following:
– Press Start Black to initiate a black-and-white copy job.
– Press Start Color to initiate a color copy job.
Note If you have a color original, pressing Start Black produces a blackand-white copy of the color original, while pressing Start Color produces
a full-color copy of the color original.
Change the copy settings
You can customize the copy settings of the HP All-in-One to handle nearly any task.
When you change copy settings, the changes are for the current copy job only. You
must set the changes as defaults for the settings to apply to all future copy jobs.
Copy
To change the copy settings for the current job only
1. Press Copy to display the Copy Menu.
2. Press the number button that corresponds to the setting you want to change.
Select from the following options:
– 1. Number of copies
– 2. Copy Preview
User Guide
123
Chapter 8
3.
4.
– 3. Reduce/Enlarge
– 4. Crop
– 5. Tray Select
– 6. Paper Size
– 7. Paper Type
– 8. Copy Quality
– 9. Lighter/Darker
– 0. Enhancements
– *. Set New Defaults
Press the
to highlight the appropriate setting and then press OK.
After all applicable settings have been changed, press Start Color or Start Black
to initiate the copy job.
To save the current settings as defaults for future jobs
1. Make any needed changes to the settings in the Copy Menu.
2. Press
to select Set New Defaults from the Copy Menu.
3. Press OK to accept the settings as the new default settings.
Explore the onscreen HP Image Zone Help to learn how to perform special copy
projects such as enlarging and reducing copies, making multiple copies on a page,
and making enhancements to increase the quality of your copies.
Preview your copy job
You can use Copy Preview to preview your copy job on the color graphics display.
Previews are displayed when you select Copy Preview from the Copy Menu, or
when you change one of the following copy settings:
●
●
●
●
●
Reduce/Enlarge
Paper Size
Paper Type
Crop
Tray Select
Changing any of the above settings will automatically generate a copy preview on the
color graphics display. It is not necessary to first select Copy Preview. However, the
preview might have overlying text or graphics. If you want an accurate and clear
preview, or want to preview your copy job without changing any settings, select Copy
Preview from the Copy Menu, as described here.
Copy
Note You must explicitly pick your copy settings to ensure an accurate
preview. Automatic settings will not reflect the loaded paper size and type, but
use defaults instead.
124
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
To preview your copy from the control panel
1. Press Copy, and then press 2.
This displays the Copy Menu and then selects Copy Preview.
2. Do one of the following:
– Press OK to accept the preview and return to the Copy Menu.
– Press to rescan the original.
Make a borderless copy of a photo
You can make borderless copies on both large and small photo papers. For the best
quality when copying a photo, load photo paper in the photo tray and change your
copy settings for the correct paper type and photo enhancement.
1.
2.
3.
Load photo paper in the input tray.
You can load up to 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) photo paper (without tabs) into the
photo tray. Larger size photo paper, however, must be loaded in the main tray.
Load your original photo print side down on the right front corner of the glass.
Position the photo on the glass so the long edge of the photo is along the front
edge of the glass.
Do one of the following:
If you are making a 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch) borderless copy of a photo:
a. Press the Photo Tray button to select the photo tray.
b. Press Start Black or Start Color.
The HP All-in-One makes a borderless copy of your original photo.
If you are making a borderless copy from paper loaded in the main tray:
a. Press Copy and then Press 3.
This displays the Copy Menu and selects Reduce/Enlarge.
b. Press 3 to select Fill Entire Page.
c. Press Start Black or Start Color.
The HP All-in-One makes a borderless copy of your original photo.
Tip If the output is not borderless, then set the paper size to the
appropriate borderless paper size, set the paper type to Photo Paper,
and then try again.
For more information on changing copy settings, see Change the copy
settings.
Copy
User Guide
125
Chapter 8
Crop an original
Before copying an original, you might want select an area to copy using the Crop
setting from the Copy Menu. Selecting the Crop setting initiates a scan and displays
a preview of the original on the color graphics display.
Cropping changes the dimensions of the image, thus decreasing its physical size.
Tip You can resize the cropped image by changing the Reduce/Enlarge
setting. Use Fill Entire Page to make a borderless copy of the cropped image.
Use Fit to Page to make a copy with borders. Enlarging a cropped image
might affect print quality depending on the resolution of the image.
To crop an image from the control panel
1. Press Copy and then press 4.
This displays the Copy Menu and then selects Crop.
2. Use the arrow buttons to set the position of the upper-left corner of the crop area.
3. Press OK.
4. Use the arrow buttons to set the position of the lower-right corner of the crop area.
5. Press OK.
The cropped image is displayed on the color graphics display.
Stop copying
To stop copying, press Cancel on the control panel.
Copy
➔
126
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
9
Print from your computer
In addition to the printing capabilities described in this chapter, you can print images
directly from a memory card, a digital camera or other storage device. You can also
print from a supported Bluetooth device, such as a camera phone or personal digital
assistant (PDA); and use scanned images in printing projects in the HP Image Zone.
Windows users can also print to a network-connected remote device.
●
●
●
For more information on printing from a memory card or digital camera, see Use
the photo and video features.
For more information on performing special print jobs or printing images in the
HP Image Zone, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
For more information on printing to a remote device, see the onscreen HP Image
Zone Help.
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the print features available to help you
get started using your HP All-in-One to print from a software application. Explore the
onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One software for
information on all of the print settings that your HP All-in-One supports. For example,
the onscreen HP Image Zone Help provides information on printing a poster, printing
multiple pages on a single sheet, and more. For more information on the HP Image
Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.
Print from a software application
Most print settings are automatically handled by the software application you are
printing from or by HP ColorSmart technology. You need to change the settings
manually only when you change print quality, print on specific types of paper or
transparency film, or use special features.
To print from a software application (Windows)
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
3. Select the HP All-in-One as the printer.
4. If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog
box.
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,
Options, Printer Setup, or Printer.
5. Select the appropriate options for your print job by using the features available in
the Paper/Quality, Finishing, Effects, Basics, and Color tabs.
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.
7. Click Print or OK to begin printing.
User Guide
127
Print
The HP All-in-One can be used with any software application that allows printing. The
instructions vary slightly depending on whether you are printing from a Windows PC
or a Mac. Make sure you follow the instructions for your operating system in this
chapter.
Chapter 9
Print
To print from a software application (Mac)
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the input tray.
2. Select the HP All-in-One in the Print Center (v 10.2) or Printer Setup Utility (v
10.3 or later) before you begin printing.
3. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.
The Page Setup dialog box appears, allowing you to specify the paper size,
orientation, and scaling.
4. Specify the page attributes:
– Choose the paper size.
– Select the orientation.
– Enter the scaling percentage.
5. Click OK.
6. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
The Print dialog box appears, and the Copies & Pages panel opens.
7. Change the print settings for each option in the pop-up menu, as appropriate for
your project.
8. Click Print to begin printing.
Change the print settings
You can customize the print settings of the HP All-in-One to handle nearly any print
task. Changes to the print settings from your computer apply to software print jobs only.
For information on changing photo print settings from the HP All-in-One, see Set
photo print options.
Windows users
Before you change print settings, you should decide if you want to change the settings
for the current print job only, or if you want to make the settings the defaults for all
future print jobs. How you display print settings depends on whether or not you want
to apply the change to all future print jobs or just to the current print job.
To change the print settings for all future jobs
1. In the HP Solution Center, click Settings, point to Print Settings, and then click
Print Settings.
2. Make changes to the print settings, and click OK.
To change the print settings for the current job
1. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
2. Make sure the HP All-in-One is the selected printer.
3. Click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,
Options, Printer Setup, or Printer.
4. Make changes to the print settings, and click OK.
5. Click Print or OK in the Print dialog box to print the job.
128
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Mac users
Use the Page Setup and Print dialog boxes to change the settings for your print job.
Which dialog box you use depends on which setting you want to change.
Print
To change the paper size, orientation, or scaling percentage
1. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.
2. Make sure the HP All-in-One is the selected printer.
3. Make changes to the paper size, orientation, and scaling percentage settings,
and click OK.
To change all other print settings
1. Select the HP All-in-One in the Print Center (v 10.2) or Printer Setup Utility (v
10.3 or later) before you begin printing.
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
3. Make changes to the print settings, and click Print to print the job.
Stop a print job
Although you can stop a print job from either the HP All-in-One or the computer, we
recommend you stop it from the HP All-in-One for best results.
Note Windows users: Although most software applications designed for
Windows use the Windows print spooler, your software application might not
use the spooler. An example of a software application that does not use the
Windows print spooler is PowerPoint in Microsoft Office 97. If you cannot
cancel your print job by using one of the following procedures, consult the
instructions for canceling background printing in the online help for your
software application.
To stop a print job from the HP All-in-One
➔ Press Cancel on the control panel. Look for the Print Cancelled message on the
color graphics display. If the message does not appear, press Cancel again.
To stop a print job from the computer (Windows XP users)
1. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, and then click Control Panel.
2. Open the Printers and Faxes control panel.
3. Double-click the HP All-in-One icon.
4. Select the print job you want to cancel.
5. On the Document menu, click Cancel Printing or Cancel, or press the DELETE
key on your keyboard.
It can take a few moments for printing to be cancelled.
To stop a print job from the computer (Windows 9x or 2000 users)
1. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers.
2. Double-click the HP All-in-One icon.
3. Select the print job you want to cancel.
User Guide
129
Chapter 9
Print
4.
On the Document menu, click Cancel Printing or Cancel, or press the DELETE
key on your keyboard.
It can take a few moments for printing to be cancelled.
To stop a print job from the computer (Mac users)
1. Open the Print Center (v 10.2) or the Printer Setup Utility (v 10.3 or later) from
the Applications:Utilities folder.
2. Make sure the HP All-in-One is the selected printer.
3. From the Printers menu, choose Show Jobs.
4. Select the print job you want to cancel.
5. Click Delete.
It can take a few moments for printing to be cancelled.
130
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
10
Use the scan features
This chapter contains information on scanning to an application on your computer, to
an HP Instant Share destination, and to a memory card or storage device. It also
contains information on scanning slides and negative film using the control panel.
Scanning is the process of converting text and pictures into an electronic format for
your computer. You can scan almost anything (photos, magazine articles and text
documents), as long as you are careful not to scratch the glass on your HP All-in-One.
Scanning to a memory card or storage device makes your scanned images even
more portable.
Note On a Mac, you can change the HP Scan Pro default scan settings. For
more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Scan
Scan an image
For information about how to scan from the computer, and how to adjust, resize,
rotate, crop, and sharpen your scans, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help that
came with your software.
To use the scan features, your HP All-in-One and computer must be connected and
turned on. The HP All-in-One software must also be installed and running on your
computer prior to scanning. To verify that the HP All-in-One software is running on a
Windows PC, look for the HP All-in-One icon in the system tray at the lower right side
of the screen, near the time. On a Mac, the HP All-in-One software is always running.
Note Closing the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon in your Windows system
tray can cause your HP All-in-One to lose some of its scan functionality and
result in the No Connection error message. If this happens, you can restore
full functionality by restarting your computer or by starting the HP Image Zone
software.
Scan an original to a computer
You can scan originals placed on the glass directly from the control panel.
1.
2.
3.
User Guide
Load your original print side down in the right front corner of the glass.
Press Scan, if it is not already lit.
– If your HP All-in-One is directly connected to a computer with a USB cable,
the Scan To menu appears on the color graphics display. Skip to step 4.
– If your HP All-in-One is network-connected, the Scan Menu appears on the
color graphics display. Continue to the next step.
If your HP All-in-One is connected to one or more computers on a network, do the
following:
– Press 1 to highlight Select Computer, and then press OK.
The Select Computer menu appears, listing computers connected to the
HP All-in-One.
131
Chapter 10
Note The Select Computer menu might list computers with a USB
connection in addition to those connected through the network.
–
4.
Scan
5.
Press OK to select the default computer, or use the arrow buttons to
highlight a different computer, and then press OK.
The Scan To menu appears, listing destinations, including applications, for
anything you scan.
Press OK to select the default application to receive the scan, or use the arrow
buttons to highlight a different application, and then press OK.
A preview image of the scan appears in the HP Scanning (Windows) or HP Scan
Pro (Mac) window on the computer, where you can edit it.
Make any edits to the preview image. When you have finished, click Accept.
For more information about editing a preview image, see the onscreen HP Image
Zone Help that came with your software.
The HP All-in-One sends the scan to the selected application. For example, if you
chose the HP Image Zone, it automatically opens and displays the image.
Scan an original to a memory card or storage device
You can send the scanned image as a JPEG image to the memory card that is
currently inserted or a storage device that is currently attached to the front USB port.
This enables you to use the photo print options to print borderless prints and album
pages from the scanned image.
Note If your HP All-in-One is connected to a network, you can only send a
scan to a memory card or storage device if it is being shared across the
network. For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
1.
2.
3.
Load your original print side down in the right front corner of the glass.
Press Scan, if it is not already lit.
– If your HP All-in-One is network-connected, the Scan Menu appears, listing
various options or destinations. The default destination is whichever one you
selected the last time you used this menu.
– If your HP All-in-One is directly connected to your computer, the Scan To
menu appears.
Press
to highlight Memory Device, and then press OK.
The HP All-in-One scans the image and saves the file to the memory card or
storage device in the JPEG format.
Scan slides or negative film
You can scan slides and negative film from the control panel using the Slide and
Negative Film holder. Before scanning slides and negatives, you must remove the lid
backing and load the Slide and Negative Film holder. For more information, see Load
an original in the Slide and Negative Film holder.
To scan a slide or negative
1. Load the Slide and Negative Film holder face down in the right front corner of the
glass.
For more information, see Load an original in the Slide and Negative Film holder.
132
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
2.
3.
4.
Stop scanning
➔
To stop scanning, press Cancel on the control panel.
Share a scanned image with friends and relatives
You can share a scanned image with friends and family by sending it as an e-mail
attachment, or by sending it using HP Instant Share.
Send as an e-mail attachment
You can save a scan to your computer, where you can then send the scanned image
in an e-mail attachment.
For information on saving a scanned image, see Scan an original to a computer.
For more information on sending the scanned image as an e-mail attachment, see the
onscreen HP Image Zone Help that came with your software.
Send using HP Instant Share
You can easily share scanned images with friends and family using the HP Instant
Share online service. HP Instant Share enables you to send images to others as email, upload photos to an online photo album or photo finishing service, or send the
images to a network-connected HP All-in-One to print.
User Guide
133
Scan
Press Film to display the Film Menu.
Select a destination for the final scan by pressing the number next to the item you
want to select:
– Press 1 to send the scan to your computer.
If your HP All-in-One is connected to one or more computers on a network, a
Select Computer menu appears. Press the number next to the computer
name you want to select.
– Press 2 to send the scan to a memory card inserted in a memory card slot,
or to a storage device attached to the front USB port on your HP All-in-One.
– Press 3 to send the scan to the color graphics display if you want to print the
scanned image immediately, edit the image, or set the image as wallpaper
on your color graphics display.
The scan is sent to the destination you selected.
– If you pressed 1, the scan is sent to your computer.
– If you pressed 2, the scan is sent to a memory card or storage device.
– If you pressed 3, press Start Black or Start Color to print the photo without
making changes. You can also press Photo to view the Photo Menu where
you can change your print options before printing.
For more information about using the Easy Print Wizard, see Use the Easy
Print Wizard.
Chapter 10
Note Availability of the services described here varies by country/region.
Some of the services described here might not be available in your country/
region.
In order to take full advantage of the HP Instant Share features available from the
control panel of a network-connected HP All-in-One, you must set up HP Instant
Share on your HP All-in-One. For information on setting up and using HP Instant
Share, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Print a scanned image
You can print a scanned image using the HP Image Zone software. For more
information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Edit a scanned image
Scan
You can edit a scanned image using the HP Image Zone software. You can also edit
a scanned document by using your Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software.
Edit a scanned photo or graphic
You can edit a scanned photo or graphic using the HP Image Zone software. Using
this software, you can adjust the brightness, contrast, color saturation, and more. You
can also rotate the image using the HP Image Zone software.
For more information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Edit a scanned document
Scanning text (also known as optical character recognition or OCR) enables you to
bring the content of magazine articles, books, and other printed matter into your
favorite word processor and many other programs as fully editable text. Learning to do
OCR right is important if you want to obtain the best results. Do not expect scanned
text documents to be letter-perfect the first time you use your OCR software. Using
OCR software is an art that takes time and practice to master. For more information
about scanning documents, especially documents containing both text and graphics,
see the documentation that came with your OCR software.
134
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
11
Use the fax features
You can use your HP All-in-One to send and receive faxes, including color faxes.
Note Before you begin faxing, make sure you have set up your HP All-in-One
properly for faxing. For more information, see Fax setup.
This User Guide provides just a sampling of the fax features available to help you get
started using your HP All-in-One to send and receive faxes. Explore the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help that came with your HP All-in-One software for information on
all the fax features that your HP All-in-One supports. For example, the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help provides information on scheduling a fax to send, broadcasting
a fax to multiple recipients, and more. For more information on the HP Image Zone
Help, see Use the onscreen Help.
Send a fax
You can send a fax in a variety of ways. Using the control panel, you can send a blackand-white or color fax from your HP All-in-One. You can also send a fax manually
from an attached phone. This allows you to speak with the recipient before sending
the fax.
If you frequently send faxes to the same numbers, you can set up speed dials. For
more information on setting up speed dials, see Set up speed dialing.
Send a basic fax
Fax
You can easily send a single- or multiple-page black-and-white fax by using the
control panel, as described here. If you want to send a color or photo fax, see the
onscreen HP Image Zone Help.
Note If you need printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent,
enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. For more information, see
Print fax confirmation reports.
Tip You can also send a fax manually from a phone or by using monitor
dialing. These features allow you to control the pace of your dialing. They are
also useful when you want to use a calling card to charge the call and you
need to respond to tone prompts while dialing. For more information, see Send
a fax manually from a phone or Send a fax using monitor dialing.
1.
2.
3.
User Guide
Press Fax.
The Enter Fax Number screen appears.
Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press
to redial the last number
dialed, or press
to access speed dials.
Press Start Black.
If the most recently sent black-and-white fax is stored in memory, the Fax Mode
screen appears. Press 1 to send a new fax.
135
Chapter 11
4.
5.
6.
When prompted, load your original print side down on the right front corner of the
glass.
Press Start Black again.
When the Another Page? prompt appears, do the following:
If you have another page to fax
a. Press 1 to select Yes.
b. When prompted, load the next page of your original print side down on the
right front corner of the glass.
c. Press Start Black.
If you do not have another page to fax
➔ Press 2 to select No.
After all the pages are scanned, the HP All-in-One sends the fax.
Send a fax manually from a phone
You can initiate a fax call from a telephone on the same phone line as your HP All-inOne if you are more comfortable using the keypad on your phone, rather than using
the keypad on the control panel of your HP All-in-One. This method of sending a fax is
called manually sending a fax. When you send a fax manually, you can hear the dial
tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the handset on your telephone.
This makes it easy for you to use a calling card to send your fax.
Depending on how the recipient has their fax machine set up, the recipient might
answer the phone, or the fax machine might take the call. If a person answers the
phone, you can speak with the recipient before sending the fax. If a fax machine
answers the call, you can send the fax directly to the fax machine when you hear the
fax tones from the receiving fax machine.
Fax
You can send a black-and-white or color fax from a telephone. This section provides
instructions for sending the fax in black and white.
To send a fax manually from a phone
1. Dial the number by using the keypad on the phone that is connected to your
HP All-in-One.
Note You must use the keypad on the phone to dial the number. Do not
use the keypad on the control panel of the HP All-in-One.
2.
If the recipient answers the telephone, you can engage in a conversation before
sending your fax.
Note If a fax machine answers the call, you will hear fax tones from the
receiving fax machine. Proceed to the next step to transmit the fax.
3.
4.
136
Once you are ready to send the fax, press Fax.
The Fax Mode screen appears.
Press 1 to send a new fax.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Tip If the most recently sent black-and-white fax is stored in memory, the
second option on the Fax Mode screen enables you to send the fax in
memory.
5.
When prompted, load your original print side down on the right front corner of the
glass.
Tip If you are sending the fax directly to a fax machine, and will not be
speaking with a recipient before sending the fax, you might find it more
convenient to load the first page of your original on the glass before
initiating the fax call.
6.
Press Start Black.
Note If you were speaking with the recipient before sending the fax,
inform the recipient that they should press Start on their fax machine after
they hear fax tones.
7.
When the Another Page? prompt appears, do the following:
If you have another page to fax
a. Press 1 to select Yes.
b. When prompted, load the next page of your original print side down on the
right front corner of the glass.
c. Press Start Black.
If you do not have another page to fax
➔ Press 2 to select No.
Fax
The telephone line is silent while the fax is transmitting. At this point, you can
hang up the telephone. If you want to continue speaking with the recipient,
remain on the line until the fax transmission is complete.
Send a fax using monitor dialing
Monitor dialing allows you to dial a number from the control panel as you would dial a
regular telephone. When you send a fax using monitor dialing, you can hear the dial
tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the speakers on your HP All-inOne. This enables you to respond to prompts while dialing, as well as control the pace
of your dialing.
Tip If you want to use monitor dialing to send a fax with a calling card, HP
recommends you create a speed dial entry to store the personal identification
number (PIN) for your calling card. If you do not store the PIN in a speed dial
entry, you might not be able to enter the PIN fast enough. The HP All-in-One
might begin transmitting fax tones before you are able to finish entering your
PIN, and the call will fail.
You can send a black-and-white or color fax using monitor dialing. This section
provides instructions for sending the fax in black and white.
User Guide
137
Chapter 11
Note Make sure the volume is turned on, or you will not hear a dial tone. For
more information, see Adjust the volume.
To send a fax using monitor dialing from the control panel
1. Press Fax.
The Enter Fax Number screen appears.
2. Press Start Black.
3. When prompted, load your original print side down on the right front corner of the
glass.
4. Press Start Black again.
5. When the Another Page? prompt appears, do the following:
If you have another page to fax
a. Press 1 to select Yes.
b. When prompted, load the next page of your original print side down on the
right front corner of the glass.
c. Press Start Black.
If you do not have another page to fax
➔ Press 2 to select No.
6.
7.
The Enter Fax Number screen reappears.
Once you hear the dial tone, enter the number by using the keypad on the control
panel.
Follow any prompts that might occur.
Fax
Tip If you are using a calling card to send the fax, when prompted to
enter your PIN, press
to access the speed dial entry where you have
your PIN stored, and then press OK to select it.
Your fax is sent when the receiving fax machine answers.
Receive a fax
Depending on the Auto Answer setting, your HP All-in-One can receive faxes
automatically or manually. If you have set the Auto Answer option to Off, you will
need to receive faxes manually. If the Auto Answer option is set to On (the default
setting), your HP All-in-One will automatically answer incoming calls and receive faxes
after the number of rings specified by the Rings to Answer setting. (The default
Rings to Answer setting is five rings.) For more information on Auto Answer, see
Set the answer mode.
Receive a fax manually
If you set up your HP All-in-One to receive faxes manually (the Auto Answer option is
set to Off) or you answer the phone and hear fax tones, use the instructions in this
section to receive faxes.
1.
138
Make sure the HP All-in-One is turned on and you have paper loaded in the main
tray.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
2.
3.
If you are currently on the phone with the sender, instruct the sender to press
Start on their fax machine.
When you hear fax tones from a sending fax machine, do the following:
a. Press the Fax button on the control panel of your HP All-in-One.
b. Press
until Receive Fax Manually is highlighted, and then press OK.
c. Press Start Black or Start Color.
d. After the HP All-in-One begins to receive the fax, you can hang up the phone.
Tip If the phone you are using is on the same phone line as your HP Allin-One, but is not plugged into the "2–EXT" port on the back of the HP Allin-One, you might not be close enough to your HP All-in-One to reach the
control panel. If you cannot reach the control panel, wait several seconds,
and then press 1 2 3 on your phone.
If the HP All-in-One does not begin receiving the fax, wait several more
seconds and press 1 2 3 again. After the HP All-in-One begins to receive
the fax, you can hang up the phone.
Set up backup fax reception
Depending on your preference and security requirements, you can set up the HP Allin-One to store all the faxes it receives, only the faxes it receives while the device is in
an error condition, or none of the faxes it receives.
Note The HP All-in-One deletes all the faxes stored in its memory when you
turn off the HP All-in-One. You can also delete the faxes from memory by
clearing the fax log from the Setup Menu, or changing the Backup Fax
Reception mode to Off. For more information, see the onscreen HP Image
Zone Help.
●
On is the default setting. When Backup Fax Reception is On, the HP All-in-One
stores all faxes it receives in memory. This enables you to reprint up to eight of
the most recently printed faxes if they are still saved in memory. For more
information, see Reprint received faxes from memory.
Note After the memory becomes full, the HP All-in-One overwrites the
oldest, printed faxes as it receives new faxes. If the memory becomes full
of unprinted faxes, the HP All-in-One will stop answering incoming fax calls.
●
●
User Guide
On Error Only causes the HP All-in-One to store faxes in memory only if there is
an error condition that prevents the HP All-in-One from printing the faxes (for
example, if the HP All-in-One runs out of paper). The HP All-in-One will continue
to store incoming faxes as long as there is memory available. (If the memory
becomes full, the HP All-in-One will stop answering incoming fax calls.) When the
error condition is resolved, the faxes stored in memory print automatically and are
then deleted from memory.
Off means that faxes are never stored in memory. (You might want to turn off
Backup Fax Reception for security purposes, for example.) If an error condition
occurs that prevents the HP All-in-One from printing (for example, the HP All-inOne runs out of paper), the HP All-in-One will stop answering incoming fax calls.
139
Fax
The following Backup Fax Reception modes are available: On, On Error Only, and
Off.
Chapter 11
Note If Backup Fax Reception is enabled and you turn off the HP All-inOne, all faxes stored in memory are deleted, including any unprinted faxes that
you might have received while the HP All-in-One was in an error condition.
You will need to contact the senders to ask them to resend any unprinted
faxes. (For a list of the faxes you have received, print the fax log. The fax log,
containing a list of the numbers from which you have received faxes, is not
deleted when the HP All-in-One is turned off. For more information on the fax
log, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help.)
To set backup fax reception from the control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press 4, and then press 5.
This displays the Advanced Fax Setup menu and then selects Backup Fax
Reception.
3. Press
to select On, On Error Only, or Off.
4. Press OK.
Reprint received faxes from memory
If you set the Backup Fax Reception mode to On, the HP All-in-One stores faxes it
receives in memory, whether the device has an error condition or not. For more
information on Backup Fax Reception, see Set up backup fax reception.
Note The HP All-in-One deletes all the faxes stored in its memory when you
turn off the HP All-in-One. You can also delete the faxes from memory by
clearing the fax log from the Setup Menu, or changing the Backup Fax
Reception mode to Off. For more information, see the onscreen HP Image
Zone Help.
Fax
Depending on the sizes of the faxes in memory, you can reprint up to eight of the
most recently printed faxes, if they are still in memory. For example, you might need
to reprint your faxes if you lost the copy of your last printout.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.
Press Setup.
Press 5, and then press 7.
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Reprint Faxes in Memory.
The faxes are printed in the reverse order they were received with the most
recently received fax printed first, and so on.
If you want to stop reprinting the faxes in memory, press Cancel.
Print reports
You can set up your HP All-in-One to print error reports and confirmation reports
automatically for each fax you send and receive. You can also manually print system
reports as you need them; these reports provide useful system information about your
HP All-in-One.
For more information on the system reports you can generate, see the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help.
140
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Print fax confirmation reports
If you need printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent, follow these
instructions to enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. Select either On
Fax Send or Send and Receive.
1.
2.
3.
Press Setup.
Press 1, and then press 2.
This displays the Print Report menu and then selects Fax Confirmation.
Press
to highlight one of the following, and then press OK.
On Fax Send
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send.
On Fax Receive Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you receive.
Send and
Receive
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send and
receive.
Off
Does not print a fax confirmation report when you send and
receive faxes successfully. This is the default setting.
Print fax error reports
You can configure your HP All-in-One so that it automatically prints a report when
there is an error during transmission.
1.
2.
3.
Press Setup.
Press 1, and then press 3.
This displays the Print Report menu and then selects Fax Error Report.
to highlight one of the following, and then press OK.
Press
On Fax Send
Prints whenever there is a transmission error.
Fax
On Fax Receive Prints whenever there is a receiving error.
User Guide
Send and
Receive
Prints whenever there is any kind of fax error. This is the
default setting.
Off
Does not print any fax error reports.
141
Chapter 11
Stop faxing
You can cancel a fax you are sending or receiving at any time.
To stop faxing from the control panel
➔ Press Cancel on the control panel to stop a fax you are sending or receiving.
Look for the Fax Cancelled message on the color graphics display. If it does not
appear, press Cancel again.
The HP All-in-One prints any pages it has already started printing and then
cancels the remainder of the fax. This can take a few moments.
Fax
To cancel a number you are dialing
➔ Press Cancel to cancel a number you are currently dialing.
142
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
12
Order supplies
You can order HP products, such as recommended types of paper, ink cartridges, and
accessories, online from the HP website.
Order paper, transparency film, or other media
To order media such as HP Premium Paper, HP Premium Plus Photo Paper, or
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film, go to www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. If
prompted, choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and
then click one of the shopping links on the page.
Order ink cartridges
Ink cartridge reorder numbers vary by country/region. If the reorder numbers listed in
this guide do not match the numbers on the ink cartridges currently installed in your
HP All-in-One, order new HP Vivera ink cartridges with the same numbers as those
you currently have installed. Your HP All-in-One supports the following ink cartridges.
Ink cartridges
Symbol
HP reorder number
Black ink cartridge
HP 02 Black Ink Cartridge
Cyan ink cartridge
HP 02 Cyan Ink Cartridge
Light cyan ink cartridge
HP 02 Light Cyan Ink Cartridge
Magenta ink cartridge
HP 02 Magenta Ink Cartridge
Light magenta ink cartridge
HP 02 Light Magenta Ink Cartridge
Yellow ink cartridge
HP 02 Yellow Ink Cartridge
You can also find out the reorder numbers for all the ink cartridges your device
supports by doing the following:
●
User Guide
143
Order supplies
●
For Windows users: In the HP Solution Center, click Settings, point to Print
Settings, and then click Printer Toolbox. Click the Estimated Ink Levels tab,
and then click Ink Cartridge Ordering Information.
For Mac users: In the HP Image Zone, click the Devices tab. In the Select
Devices area, click the icon for your HP All-in-One. In the Device Options area,
click Settings, and then choose Maintain Printer. If prompted, select your HP Allin-One, and then click Utilities. From the pop-up menu, choose Supplies.
Chapter 12
Additionally, you can contact a local HP reseller or go to www.hp.com/support to
confirm the correct ink cartridge reorder numbers for your country/region.
To order ink cartridges for your HP All-in-One, go to www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. If
prompted, choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and
then click one of the shopping links on the page.
Order accessories
To order accessories for your HP All-in-One, go to www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. If
prompted, choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and
then click one of the shopping links on the page. Depending on your country/region,
your HP All-in-One might support the following accessories.
Accessory and HP
model number
Description
HP Bluetooth® Wireless
Printer Adapter
Enables you to print from a Bluetooth device to your HP All-in-One.
This accessory plugs into the front USB port on the HP All-in-One
and accepts print jobs from supported Bluetooth devices, such as a
digital camera phone, personal digital assistant (PDA), or Bluetoothenabled Windows or Mac computer.
bt300 / bt400 / bt450
Order other supplies
To order other supplies, such as HP All-in-One software, a copy of the printed User
Guide, a Setup Guide, or other customer-replaceable parts, call the appropriate
number below:
●
●
In the U.S. or Canada, dial 1-800-474-6836 (1-800-HP invent).
In Europe, dial +49 180 5 290220 (Germany) or +44 870 606 9081 (U.K.).
Order supplies
To order HP All-in-One software in other countries/regions, call the phone number for
your country/region. The numbers listed below are current as of the publication date of
this guide. For a list of current ordering numbers, go to www.hp.com/support. If
prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on
calling for technical support.
Country/region
Number for ordering
Asia Pacific (except for Japan)
65 272 5300
Australia
1300 721 147
Europe
+49 180 5 290220 (Germany)
+44 870 606 9081 (U.K.)
144
New Zealand
0800 441 147
South Africa
+27 (0)11 8061030
U.S. and Canada
1-800-HP-INVENT (1-800-474-6836)
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Maintain your HP All-in-One
The HP All-in-One requires little maintenance. Sometimes you might want to clean the
glass and lid backing to remove surface dust and ensure that your copies and scans
remain clear. Occasionally, you will also need to replace your ink cartridges, align the
printer, and clean the print head. This chapter provides instructions for keeping your
HP All-in-One in top working condition. Perform these simple maintenance procedures
as necessary.
Clean the HP All-in-One
Fingerprints, smudges, hair, and other debris on the glass or lid backing slow down
performance and affect the accuracy of special features such as Fit to Page. To
ensure that your copies and scans remain clear, you might need to clean the glass
and lid backing. You might also want to dust the exterior of the HP All-in-One.
Clean the glass
Dirty glass from fingerprints, smudges, hair, and dust slows down performance and
affects the accuracy of features such as Fit to Page.
1.
Turn off the HP All-in-One, unplug the power cord, and raise the lid.
Note When you turn off the HP All-in-One, any faxes stored in memory
are erased.
2.
Clean the glass with a soft cloth or sponge slightly moistened with a nonabrasive
glass cleaner.
Caution Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, or carbon
tetrachloride on the glass; they can damage it. Do not place or spray liquid
directly on the glass; the liquid might seep under the glass and damage
the device.
3.
Dry the glass with a chamois or cellulose sponge to prevent spotting.
Clean the lid backing
Minor debris can accumulate on the white document backing located underneath the
lid of the HP All-in-One.
1.
Turn off the HP All-in-One, unplug the power cord, and raise the lid.
Note When you turn off the HP All-in-One, any faxes stored in memory
are erased.
2.
3.
4.
User Guide
Clean the white document backing with a soft cloth or sponge slightly moistened
with a mild soap and warm water.
Wash the backing gently to loosen debris. Do not scrub the backing.
Dry the backing with a chamois or soft cloth.
145
Maintain your HP All-in-One
13
Maintain your HP All-in-One
Chapter 13
Caution Do not use paper-based wipes, as these might scratch the
backing.
5.
If further cleaning is needed, repeat the previous steps using isopropyl (rubbing)
alcohol, and wipe the backing thoroughly with a damp cloth to remove any
residual alcohol.
Caution Be careful not to spill alcohol on the glass or painted parts of the
HP All-in-One, as this might damage the device.
Clean the exterior
Use a soft cloth or slightly moistened sponge to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off
the case. The interior of the HP All-in-One does not require cleaning. Keep fluids
away from the control panel and the interior of the HP All-in-One.
Caution To avoid damage to painted parts of the HP All-in-One, do not use
alcohol or alcohol-based cleaning products on the control panel, lid, or other
painted parts of the device.
Check the estimated ink levels
You can easily check the ink supply level to determine how soon you might need to
replace an ink cartridge. The ink supply level shows an estimate of the amount of ink
remaining in the ink cartridges.
Tip You can also print a self-test report to see if your ink cartridges might
need to be replaced. For more information, see Print a self-test report.
To check the ink levels from the idle screen on the color graphics display
➔ Look for six icons at the bottom of the color graphics display. The icons represent
the ink level remaining in each of the six color ink cartridges: black, yellow, light
cyan (blue), dark cyan, light magenta (pink), and dark magenta.
To see a larger, more accurate view of the ink levels, display the ink gauge from
the Setup menu. For more information, see To check the ink levels from the
Setup menu.
If you are using an ink cartridge containing non-HP ink, a question mark appears
instead of the ink drop in the icon for that cartridge. The HP All-in-One cannot
detect the amount of ink remaining in ink cartridges that contain non-HP ink.
Note HP cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of non-HP ink. Printer
service or repairs required as a result of printer failure or damage
attributable to the use of non-HP ink will not be covered under warranty.
If an icon shows a hollow ink drop, the ink cartridge represented by that color icon
has very little ink remaining and will need to be changed soon. You might be able
to continue printing for a short period of time with ink remaining in the print head
assembly. Replace the ink cartridge when the Replace Soon warning message
appears on the color graphics display.
146
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
You can also check the estimated amount of ink remaining in your ink cartridges from
the computer. See the onscreen HP Image Zone Help for information on checking
the ink levels from the Printer Toolbox. For more information, see Use the onscreen
Help.
To check the ink levels from the Setup menu
1. Press Setup.
2. Press 5, then press 1.
This displays the Tools menu, and then selects Display Ink Gauge.
The gauges for the six ink cartridges appear on the color graphics display.
Print a self-test report
If you are experiencing problems with printing, print a self-test report. This report can
help you diagnose printing problems and can provide valuable information if you need
to call HP customer support.
1.
2.
3.
User Guide
Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the main tray.
Press Setup.
Press 1, then press 1 again.
This displays the Print Report menu and then selects Self-Test Report.
The HP All-in-One prints a self-test report, which contains the following
information:
– Product information: includes the model number, serial number, and other
product information.
– Revision information: includes the firmware version number and whether or
not you have an HP two-sided printing accessory installed.
– Ink delivery system information: displays the approximate ink level of each
installed ink cartridge, the status of each ink cartridge, the date each
cartridge was installed, and the date each cartridge will expire.
147
Maintain your HP All-in-One
When the Empty Ink message appears on the color graphics display, the
indicated ink cartridge and print head assembly is entirely out of ink. Immediately
replace the indicated ink cartridge.
For more information about the icons on the color graphics display, see Color
graphics display icons.
Maintain your HP All-in-One
Chapter 13
–
–
–
Print quality pattern: displays six color blocks, representing each of the six
installed cartridges. Solid, even blocks of color indicate there are no print
quality problems. When streaks are displayed or there are missing blocks,
clean the print head using the procedure described in Clean the print head. If
the color blocks still show print quality problems after cleaning the print head,
align the printer using the procedure described in Align the printer. If the
color blocks continue to show print quality problems after cleaning and
aligning, contact HP customer support.
Bluetooth information: lists the settings for the optional Bluetooth device.
History log: contains information that might be used for diagnostic purposes
if you need to call HP customer support.
Work with ink cartridges
To ensure the best print quality from your HP All-in-One, you will need to perform
some simple maintenance procedures. This section provides guidelines for handling
the ink cartridges, and instructions for replacing the ink cartridges, aligning the printer,
and cleaning the print head and ink cartridge contacts.
Replace the ink cartridges
When the ink level for the ink cartridge is low, a message appears on the color
graphics display. When you receive this message, make sure you have a replacement
ink cartridge available.
To find out the reorder number for all the ink cartridges that your HP All-in-One
supports, see Order supplies. To order ink cartridges for your HP All-in-One, go to
www.hp.com/learn/suresupply. If prompted, choose your country/region, follow the
prompts to select your product, and then click one of the shopping links on the page.
To replace the ink cartridges
1. Open the ink cartridge access door by lifting from the front center of the device,
until the door locks into place.
2.
148
Squeeze the tab below an ink cartridge to release the latch inside the HP All-inOne, and then lift the latch.
If you are replacing the black ink cartridge, lift the latch on the far left.
If you are replacing one of the five color ink cartridges, such as yellow, light cyan,
cyan, light magenta, or magenta, lift the appropriate latch in the center area.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Maintain your HP All-in-One
3.
1
Ink cartridge latch for the black ink cartridge
2
Ink cartridge latches for the color ink cartridges
Pull the ink cartridge toward you out of its slot.
Tip If you are removing the ink cartridge because it is low or out of ink,
recycle the ink cartridge. The HP Inkjet Supplies Recycling Program is
available in many countries/regions, and lets you recycle used ink
cartridges free of charge. For more information, go to the following website:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/inkjet.html
4.
User Guide
Remove the new ink cartridge from its packaging, and then, holding it by the
handle, slide the ink cartridge into the empty slot.
Make sure that you insert the ink cartridge into the slot that has the same shaped
icon and color as the one you are installing.
149
Maintain your HP All-in-One
Chapter 13
5.
Press down on the gray latch until it clicks into place.
6.
7.
Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each ink cartridge you are replacing.
Close the ink cartridge access door.
Align the printer
Use this feature when the self-test report shows streaking or white lines through any
of the blocks of color.
If you still have print quality problems after aligning the printer, try cleaning the print
head using the procedure described in Clean the print head. If print quality problems
persist after aligning and cleaning, contact HP customer support.
To align the printer from the control panel
1. Load letter or A4 unused plain white paper into the main tray.
2. Press Setup.
3. Press 5, then press 3.
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Align Printer.
The HP All-in-One prints a test page, aligns the print head, and calibrates the
printer. Recycle or discard the page.
For information on aligning the printer by using the HP Image Zone software that
came with your HP All-in-One, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help. For more
information, see Use the onscreen Help.
150
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Use this feature when the self-test report shows streaking or white lines through any
of the blocks of color. Do not clean the print head unnecessarily, as this wastes ink
and shortens the life of the ink nozzles on the print head.
If print quality still seems poor after you clean the print head, try aligning the printer
using the procedure described in Align the printer. If print quality problems persist
after cleaning and aligning, contact HP customer support.
To clean the print head from the control panel
1. Load letter or A4 unused plain white paper into the main tray.
2. Press Setup.
3. Press 5, then press 2.
This displays the Tools menu and then selects Clean Printhead.
The HP All-in-One prints a page that you can recycle or discard.
For information on cleaning the print head by using the HP Image Zone software that
came with your HP All-in-One, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help. For more
information, see also Use the onscreen Help.
Clean the ink cartridge contacts
Clean the copper-colored ink cartridge contacts if a message appears on the color
graphics display that says a cartridge is missing or damaged.
Before cleaning the ink cartridge contacts, remove the ink cartridge and verify that
nothing is covering the ink cartridge contacts or the ink cartridge slot, then reinstall the
ink cartridge. If you continue to get a message that says a cartridge is missing or
damaged, clean the ink cartridge contacts. If you still get this message after cleaning
the contacts, you will need a replacement ink cartridge. Remove the affected ink
cartridge and look at the end-of-warranty date on the bottom. If it is before the end-ofwarranty date, contact HP customer support to obtain a replacement ink cartridge.
Make sure you have the following materials available:
●
●
Dry foam rubber swabs, lint-free cloth, or any soft material that will not come
apart or leave fibers.
Distilled, filtered, or bottled water (tap water might contain contaminants that can
damage the ink cartridges).
Caution Do not use platen cleaners or alcohol to clean the ink cartridge
contacts. These can damage the ink cartridge or the HP All-in-One.
To clean the ink cartridge contacts
1. Unplug the power cord from the back of the HP All-in-One.
Note When you unplug the power cord, any faxes stored in memory are
erased.
2.
3.
User Guide
Lift the ink cartridge access door.
Squeeze the tab below an ink cartridge to release the latch inside the HP All-inOne, and then lift the latch.
151
Maintain your HP All-in-One
Clean the print head
Maintain your HP All-in-One
Chapter 13
Note Do not remove multiple ink cartridges at the same time. Remove
and clean each ink cartridge one at a time. Do not leave an ink cartridge
outside the HP All-in-One for more than 30 minutes.
4.
5.
Inspect the ink cartridge contacts for ink and debris buildup.
Dip a clean foam rubber swab or lint-free cloth into distilled water, and squeeze
any excess water from it.
Note Hold the ink cartridge by its handle. Do not touch the coppercolored contacts.
6.
Clean only the copper-colored contacts.
1
7.
8.
9.
Copper-colored contacts
Place the ink cartridge back into the empty slot and press down on the gray latch
until it clicks into place.
Repeat if necessary for the other ink cartridges.
Gently close the ink cartridge access door and plug the power cord into the back
of the HP All-in-One.
Self-maintenance sounds
The HP All-in-One will make mechanical noises at various times to perform periodic
maintenance functions, such as replenishing the ink levels in the print head assembly
or cleaning the print head. This is normal operation and is necessary to ensure the
HP All-in-One produces the best quality printouts.
Caution A message on the color graphics display will notify you when the
HP All-in-One is performing maintenance functions. Do not remove power from
the device during this time.
152
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
14
Troubleshooting information
This chapter contains troubleshooting information for the HP All-in-One. Specific
information is provided for installation and configuration issues, and some operational
topics. For more troubleshooting information, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help
that came with your software. For more information, see Use the onscreen Help.
Many issues are caused when the HP All-in-One is connected to the computer using a
USB cable before the HP All-in-One software is installed on the computer. If you
connected the HP All-in-One to your computer before the software installation screen
prompts you to do so, you must follow the steps below.
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting common setup issues
1. Disconnect the USB cable from the computer.
2. Uninstall the software (if you have already installed it).
3. Restart your computer.
4. Turn off the HP All-in-One, wait one minute, then restart it.
5. Reinstall the HP All-in-One software.
Caution Do not connect the USB cable to the computer until prompted by the
software installation screen.
For information about uninstalling and reinstalling the software, see Uninstall and
reinstall the software.
See the list below for information on topics covered in this chapter.
Additional troubleshooting topics in this User Guide
● Setup troubleshooting: Contains information on hardware setup, software
installation, and fax setup troubleshooting information.
● Operational troubleshooting: Contains information on issues that might occur
during normal tasks when using the HP All-in-One features.
● Device update: Based on advice from HP customer support or a message on the
color graphics display, you might access the HP support website to retrieve an
upgrade for your device. This section contains information about updating your
device.
Note Network troubleshooting information is not discussed in this chapter.
For more information, see Network troubleshooting.
Other sources of information
● Setup Guide: The Setup Guide explains how to set up the HP All-in-One.
● User Guide: The User Guide is the book you are reading. This book describes
the basic features of the HP All-in-One, explains how to use the HP All-in-One,
and contains setup and operational troubleshooting information.
User Guide
153
Chapter 14
●
●
HP Image Zone Help: The onscreen HP Image Zone Help describes how to use
the HP All-in-One with a computer and contains additional troubleshooting
information not covered in the User Guide.
Readme file: The Readme file contains information on system requirements and
possible installation problems. For more information, see View the Readme file.
If you are unable to solve the problem using the onscreen Help or HP websites, call
HP Support using the number for your country/region. For more information, see HP
warranty and support.
View the Readme file
You might want to refer to the Readme file for information on system requirements
and possible installation problems.
Troubleshooting
●
●
In Windows, you can access the Readme file from Windows taskbar by clicking
Start, pointing to Programs or All Programs, pointing to HP, pointing to
Photosmart All-in-One 3300 series, and then clicking Readme.
In Mac OS X, you can access the Readme file by double-clicking the icon located
in the top-level folder of the HP All-in-One software CD-ROM.
Setup troubleshooting
This section includes installation and configuration troubleshooting tips for some of the
most common issues associated with hardware, software, and fax setup.
Hardware setup troubleshooting
Use this section to solve any problems you might encounter while setting up the
HP All-in-One hardware.
My HP All-in-One does not turn on
Solution Make sure the power cord is firmly connected, and wait a few
seconds for the HP All-in-One to turn on. If this is the first time you have turned
on the HP All-in-One, it can take up to a minute to turn on. Also, if the HP All-inOne is plugged in to a power strip, make sure the power strip is turned on.
154
1
Power connection
2
Grounded power outlet
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
I connected the USB cable, but I am having problems using the HP All-in-One
with my computer
Solution You must first install the software that came with your HP All-in-One
before connecting the USB cable. During installation, do not plug in the USB
cable until prompted by the onscreen instructions. Connecting the USB cable
before prompted can cause errors.
Once you have installed the software, connecting your computer to your HP All-inOne with a USB cable is straightforward. Simply plug one end of the USB cable
into the back of your computer and the other into the back of the HP All-in-One.
You can connect to any USB port on the back of your computer.
Note Make sure you connected the USB cable to the correct port on the
back of your HP All-in-One.
Troubleshooting
I received a message on the color graphics display to attach the control panel
faceplate
Solution This might mean the control panel faceplate is not attached, or it is
attached incorrectly. Make sure to align the faceplate over the buttons on the top
of the HP All-in-One and snap it firmly into place.
User Guide
155
Chapter 14
Troubleshooting
The color graphics display shows the wrong language
Solution You can change the language settings at any time from the Setup
Menu. For more information, see Set your language and country/region.
The wrong measurements are showing in menus on the color graphics display
Solution You might have selected the incorrect country/region on your HP Allin-One. The country/region you select determines the paper sizes shown on the
color graphics display.
To change the country/region, you must reset the language settings. You can
change the language settings at any time from the Setup Menu. For more
information, see Set your language and country/region.
I received a message on the color graphics display to align the printer
Solution Printer maintenance is required to ensure excellent print quality. For
more information, see Align the printer.
I received a message on the color graphics display that the printer alignment
failed
Cause The incorrect type of paper is loaded in the main tray, for example,
colored paper, paper with text on it or certain recycled paper.
Solution Load unused plain white letter or A4 paper into the main tray, and
then try the alignment again.
If the alignment fails again, you might have a defective sensor or ink cartridge.
Contact HP Support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your
country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical
support.
156
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Cause The contacts on the ink cartridge are not touching the contacts in the
ink cartridge slot.
Solution Remove and then reinsert the ink cartridges. Verify that they are fully
inserted and locked in place. For more information see Replace the ink cartridges.
Cause
The ink cartridge or sensor is defective.
Solution Contact HP Support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted,
choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling
for technical support.
The HP All-in-One does not print
If your HP All-in-One and computer are USB-connected and are not
communicating with each other, try the following:
●
●
●
●
User Guide
Look at the color graphics display on the HP All-in-One. If the color graphics
display is blank and the On button is not lit, the HP All-in-One is turned off.
Make sure the power cord is firmly connected to the HP All-in-One and
plugged into a power outlet. Press the On button to turn on the HP All-in-One.
Check the USB cable. If you are using an older cable, it might not be working
properly. Try connecting it to another product to see if the USB cable works.
If you experience problems, the USB cable might need to be replaced. Also
verify that the cable does not exceed 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.
Make sure your computer is USB ready. Some operating systems, such as
Windows 95 and Windows NT, do not support USB connections. Check the
documentation that came with your operating system for more information.
Check the connection from your HP All-in-One to your computer. Verify that
the USB cable is securely plugged into the USB port on the back of your
HP All-in-One. Make sure the other end of the USB cable is plugged into a
USB port on your computer. After the cable is connected properly, turn your
HP All-in-One off and then on again.
157
Troubleshooting
Solution For information on network communication problems or
communication problems involving a memory card, PictBridge camera, or storage
device, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help. For more information on the
HP Image Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.
Chapter 14
Troubleshooting
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
If you are connecting the HP All-in-One through a USB hub, make sure the
hub is turned on. If the hub is on, try connecting directly to your computer.
Make sure the USB port speed setting on your HP All-in-One is compatible
with the USB port speed of your computer. You might need to change the
rear USB port speed from High Speed (USB 2.0) to Full Speed (USB 1.1).
For more information, see Connect using a USB cable.
Try printing from a different application or a different file to determine
whether or not it is the file causing the printing issue.
Check other printers or scanners. You might need to disconnect older
products from your computer.
If your HP All-in-One is networked, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help
that came with your HP All-in-One. For more information on the HP Image
Zone Help, see Use the onscreen Help.
Try connecting the USB cable to another USB port on your computer. After
you check the connections, try restarting your computer. Turn your HP All-inOne off and then on again.
If necessary, remove and then install the HP Image Zone software again.
For more information, see Uninstall and reinstall the software.
For more information on setting up your HP All-in-One and connecting it to your
computer, see the Setup Guide that came with your HP All-in-One.
I received a message on the color graphics display about a paper jam or a
stalled print head assembly
Solution If either a paper jam or stalled print head assembly error message
appears on the color graphics display, there might be some packing material
inside the HP All-in-One. Lift open the ink cartridge access door to expose the ink
cartridges and remove any objects that are blocking the print head assembly
including any packing materials. For more information about clearing a paper jam,
see Paper troubleshooting.
158
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Software installation troubleshooting
If you encounter a problem during software installation, see the topics below for a
possible solution. If you encounter a hardware problem during setup, see Hardware
setup troubleshooting.
During a normal installation of the HP All-in-One software, the following events occur:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The HP All-in-One software CD-ROM runs automatically.
The software installs.
Files are copied to your computer.
You are requested to connect the HP All-in-One to your computer.
A green OK and check mark appear on an installation wizard screen.
You are requested to restart your computer.
The Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility (Mac) runs.
The registration process runs.
To check the installation on a Windows computer, verify the following:
●
●
●
Start the HP Solution Center and check to make sure the following buttons
appear: Scan Picture, Scan Document, Send a Fax. If the icons do not appear
immediately, you might need to wait a few minutes for the HP All-in-One to
connect to your computer. Otherwise, see Some of the buttons are missing in the
HP Solution Center (Windows).
For information on starting the HP Solution Center, see the onscreen HP Image
Zone Help that came with your software.
Open the Printers dialog box and check to see that the HP All-in-One is listed.
Look in the system tray at the far right of the Windows taskbar for an HP All-inOne icon. This indicates that the HP All-in-One is ready.
When I insert the CD-ROM into my computer’s CD-ROM drive, nothing happens
Solution
If the installation does not run automatically, you can start it manually.
To start the installation from a Windows computer
1. From the Windows Start menu, click Run.
2. In the Run dialog box, enter d:\setup.exe (if your CD-ROM drive is not
assigned to drive letter D, enter the appropriate drive letter), and then click OK.
To start the installation from a Mac
1. Double-click the CD icon on your desktop to view the contents of the CD.
2. Double-click the Setup icon.
The minimum system checks screen appears (Windows)
Solution Your system does not meet the minimum requirements to install the
software. Click Details to see what the specific problem is, and then correct the
problem before attempting to install the software.
User Guide
159
Troubleshooting
If any of these things did not occur, there might be a problem with the installation.
Chapter 14
You can also try installing HP Image Zone Express instead. HP Image Zone
Express provides less functionality than the HP Image Zone software, but it
requires less space and memory on your computer.
For more information about installing the HP Image Zone Express software, see
the Setup Guide that came with your HP All-in-One.
A red X appears on the USB connect prompt
Solution Normally, a green check appears indicating that the plug and play is
successful. A red X indicates that the plug and play failed.
Do the following:
Troubleshooting
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Verify that the control panel faceplate is firmly attached, unplug the HP All-inOne power cord, and then plug it in again.
Verify that the USB and power cables are plugged in.
Click Retry to retry the plug and play setup. If this does not work, continue to
the next step.
Verify that the USB cable is set up properly as follows:
– Unplug the USB cable and plug it in again.
– Do not attach the USB cable to a keyboard or non-powered hub.
– Verify that the USB cable is 3 meters or less in length.
– If you have several USB devices attached to your computer, you might
want to unplug the other devices during the installation.
Continue with the installation and restart the computer when prompted.
If you are using a Windows computer, open the HP Solution Center and
check for the essential icons (Scan Picture, Scan Document, and Send a
Fax). If the essential icons do not appear, remove the software and then
reinstall it. For more information, see Uninstall and reinstall the software.
I received a message that an unknown error has occurred
Solution Try to continue with the installation. If that doesn’t work, stop and
then restart the installation, and follow the directions on the screen. If an error
160
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
occurs, you might need to uninstall and then reinstall the software. Do not simply
delete the HP All-in-One program files from your computer. Make sure to remove
them properly using the uninstall utility provided when you installed the HP Image
Zone software.
For more information, see Uninstall and reinstall the software.
Some of the buttons are missing in the HP Solution Center (Windows)
If the essential icons (Scan Picture, Scan Document, and Send a Fax) do not
appear, your installation might not be complete.
The Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax Setup Utility (Mac) does not start
Solution You can manually start the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or Fax
Setup Utility (Mac) to finish setting up your HP All-in-One.
To start the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows)
➔ In the HP Solution Center, click Settings, point to Fax Settings & Setup,
and then click Fax Setup Wizard.
To start the Fax Setup Utility (Mac)
1. In the HP Image Zone, click the Devices tab.
2. In the Select Devices area, click the icon for your HP All-in-One.
3. Click Settings, and then choose Fax Setup Utility.
The registration screen does not appear (Windows)
Solution You can access the registration (Sign up now) screen from the
Windows taskbar by clicking Start, pointing to Programs or All Programs, HP,
Photosmart All-in-One 3300 series, and then clicking Product Registration.
The Digital Imaging Monitor does not appear in the system tray (Windows)
Solution If the Digital Imaging Monitor does not appear in the system tray
(normally located at the lower-right corner of the desktop), start the HP Solution
Center to check whether or not the essential icons are there.
For more information about missing essential buttons in the HP Solution Center,
see Some of the buttons are missing in the HP Solution Center (Windows).
User Guide
161
Troubleshooting
Solution If your installation is incomplete, you might need to uninstall and then
reinstall the software. Do not simply delete the HP All-in-One program files from
your hard drive. Make sure to remove them properly using the uninstall utility
provided in the HP All-in-One program group. For more information, see Uninstall
and reinstall the software.
Chapter 14
Uninstall and reinstall the software
If your installation is incomplete, or if you connected the USB cable to the computer
before prompted by the software installation screen, you might need to uninstall and
then reinstall the software. Do not simply delete the HP All-in-One program files from
your computer. Make sure to remove them properly using the uninstall utility provided
when you installed the HP Image Zone software.
A reinstall can take from 20 to 40 minutes. There are three methods to uninstall the
software on a Windows computer, and one method to uninstall on a Mac.
Troubleshooting
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 1
1. Disconnect your HP All-in-One from your computer. Do not connect the HP All-inOne to your computer until after you have reinstalled the software.
2. Press the On button to turn off the HP All-in-One.
3. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Programs or All Programs, HP,
Photosmart All-in-One 3300 series, Uninstall.
4. Follow the onscreen instructions.
5. If you are asked whether you would like to remove shared files, click No.
Other programs that use these files might not work properly if the files are deleted.
6. Restart your computer.
Note It is important that you disconnect your HP All-in-One before
restarting your computer. Do not connect the HP All-in-One to your
computer until after you have reinstalled the software.
7.
To reinstall the software, insert the HP All-in-One CD-ROM into the CD-ROM
drive on your computer, and follow the onscreen instructions and the instructions
provided in the Setup Guide that came with your HP All-in-One.
8. After the software is installed, connect the HP All-in-One to your computer.
9. Press the On button to turn the HP All-in-One on.
After connecting and turning on your HP All-in-One, you might have to wait
several minutes for all of the Plug and Play events to complete.
10. Follow the onscreen instructions.
When the software installation is complete, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon
appears in the Windows system tray.
To verify that the software is properly installed, double-click the HP Solution Center
icon on the desktop. If the HP Solution Center shows the essential icons (Scan
Picture, Scan Document, and Send a Fax), the software has been properly installed.
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 2
Note Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.
1.
2.
3.
4.
162
On the Windows taskbar, click Start, Settings, Control Panel.
Double-click Add/Remove Programs.
Select HP All-in-One & Officejet 4.0, and then click Change/Remove.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
Disconnect your HP All-in-One from your computer.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
5.
Restart your computer.
Note It is important that you disconnect your HP All-in-One before
restarting your computer. Do not connect the HP All-in-One to your
computer until after you have reinstalled the software.
6.
7.
Insert the HP All-in-One CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive on your computer, and
then start the Setup program.
Follow the onscreen instructions and the instructions provided in the Setup Guide
that came with your HP All-in-One.
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 3
Note This is an alternate method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows
Start menu.
2.
3.
4.
Insert the HP All-in-One CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive on your computer, and
then start the Setup program.
Select Uninstall and follow the onscreen directions.
Disconnect your HP All-in-One from your computer.
Restart your computer.
Note It is important that you disconnect your HP All-in-One before
restarting your computer. Do not connect the HP All-in-One to your
computer until after you have reinstalled the software.
5.
6.
7.
Start the Setup program for your HP All-in-One again.
Select Reinstall.
Follow the onscreen instructions and the instructions provided in the Setup Guide
that came with your HP All-in-One.
To uninstall from a Mac computer
1. Disconnect the HP All-in-One from your Mac.
2. Double-click the Applications: HP All-in-One Software folder.
3. Double-click HP Uninstaller.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
4. After the software is uninstalled, disconnect your HP All-in-One, and then restart
your computer.
Note It is important that you disconnect your HP All-in-One before
restarting your computer. Do not connect the HP All-in-One to your
computer until after you have reinstalled the software.
5.
6.
7.
User Guide
To reinstall the software, insert the HP All-in-One CD-ROM into the CD-ROM
drive on your computer.
On the desktop, open the CD-ROM and then double-click HP All-in-One Installer.
Follow the onscreen instructions and the instructions provided in the Setup Guide
that came with your HP All-in-One.
163
Troubleshooting
1.
Chapter 14
Fax setup troubleshooting
This section contains fax setup troubleshooting information for the HP All-in-One. If
your HP All-in-One is not set up properly for faxing, you might experience problems
when sending faxes, receiving faxes, or both.
This section contains only setup-related troubleshooting. For additional fax
troubleshooting topics, such as problems with your printouts or slow fax reception,
see the 3100, 3200, 3300 series Troubleshooting section in the onscreen
HP Image Zone Help. For more information, see Use the onscreen Help.
If you are having faxing problems, you can print a fax test report to check the status of
your HP All-in-One. The test will fail if your HP All-in-One is not set up properly for
faxing. Perform this test after you have completed setting up your HP All-in-One for
faxing. For more information, see Test your fax setup.
Troubleshooting
If the test fails, review the report for information on how to fix any problems found. For
more information, you can also see the next section, The fax test failed.
The fax test failed
If you ran a fax test and the test failed, review the report for basic information about
the error. For more detailed information, check the report to see which part of the test
failed, and then review the appropriate topic in this section for solutions to try.
●
●
●
●
●
●
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed
Solution
● Turn off the HP All-in-One by using the On button located on the control
panel and then unplug the power cord from the back of the HP All-in-One.
After a few seconds, plug the power cord back in and turn the power on. Run
the test again. If the test fails again, continue reviewing the troubleshooting
information in this section.
● Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax
successfully, there might not be a problem.
● If you have a Windows computer and are running the test from the Fax
Setup Wizard, make sure the HP All-in-One is not busy completing another
task, such as receiving a fax or making a copy. Check the color graphics
display for a message indicating that the HP All-in-One is busy. If it is busy,
wait until it is finished and in the idle state, before running the test.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it
passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for faxing. If the Fax Hardware Test
continues to fail and you experience problems faxing, contact HP Support. Go to
164
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click
Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it
passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for faxing.
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed
Solution The phone cord is plugged into the wrong port on the back of the
HP All-in-One.
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect
one end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port
labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
Note If you use the "2-EXT" port to connect to the telephone wall
jack, you will not be able to send or receive faxes. The "2-EXT" port
should only be used to connect other equipment, such as an
answering machine or a telephone.
User Guide
165
Troubleshooting
Solution
● Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the HP All-in-One
to make sure the phone cord is secure.
● Make sure you use the phone cord that came with your HP All-in-One. If you
do not use the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack
to your HP All-in-One, you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After
you plug in the phone cord that came with your HP All-in-One, run the fax
test again.
● Make sure you have correctly connected the HP All-in-One to the telephone
wall jack. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One,
connect one end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to
the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One. For more
information on setting up your HP All-in-One for faxing, see Fax setup.
● If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the
splitter and connecting the HP All-in-One directly to the telephone wall jack.
● Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack
that you are using for the HP All-in-One and check for a dial tone. If you do
not hear a dial tone, contact your telephone company and have them check
the line.
● Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax
successfully, there might not be a problem.
Chapter 14
Troubleshooting
Back view of the HP All-in-One
2.
3.
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One connected to the "1LINE" port
After you have connected the phone cord to the port labeled "1-LINE", run
the fax test again to make sure it passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for
faxing.
Try to send or receive a test fax.
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed
Solution
● Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-inOne to connect to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should
be connected to the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One
and the other end to your telephone wall jack, as shown below.
166
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
●
If the supplied phone cord is not long enough, you can extend it. For
information see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough.
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the HP All-in-One
to make sure the phone cord is secure.
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it
passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for faxing. If the Dial Tone Detection
test continues to fail, contact your telephone company and have them check the
phone line.
User Guide
167
Troubleshooting
Solution
● Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the HP All-in-One,
might be causing the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a
problem, disconnect everything from the phone line, and then run the test
again. If the Dial Tone Detection Test passes without the other equipment,
then one or more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try adding
them back one at a time and rerunning the test each time, until you identify
which piece of equipment is causing the problem.
● Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack
that you are using for the HP All-in-One and check for a dial tone. If you do
not hear a dial tone, contact your telephone company and have them check
the line.
● Make sure you have correctly connected the HP All-in-One to the telephone
wall jack. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One,
connect one end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to
the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One. For more
information on setting up your HP All-in-One for faxing, see Fax setup.
● If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the
splitter and connecting the HP All-in-One directly to the telephone wall jack.
● If your telephone system is not using a standard dial tone, such as some
PBX systems, this might cause the test to fail. This will not cause a problem
sending or receiving faxes. Try sending or receiving a test fax.
● Check to make sure the country/region setting is set appropriately for your
country/region. If the country/region setting is not set or is set incorrectly, the
test might fail and you might have problems sending and receiving faxes. For
more information, see Set your language and country/region.
● Make sure you connect your HP All-in-One to an analog phone line or you
will not be able to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is
digital, connect a regular analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If
you do not hear a normal sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up
for digital phones. Connect your HP All-in-One to an analog phone line and
try sending or receiving a fax.
Chapter 14
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed
Troubleshooting
Solution
● Make sure you connect your HP All-in-One to an analog phone line or you
will not be able to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is
digital, connect a regular analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If
you do not hear a normal sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up
for digital phones. Connect your HP All-in-One to an analog phone line and
try sending or receiving a fax.
● Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the HP All-in-One
to make sure the phone cord is secure.
● Make sure you have correctly connected the HP All-in-One to the telephone
wall jack. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One,
connect one end to your telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to
the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One. For more
information on setting up your HP All-in-One for faxing, see Fax setup.
● Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the HP All-in-One,
might be causing the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a
problem, disconnect everything from the phone line, and then run the test
again.
– If the Fax Line Condition Test passes without the other equipment,
then one or more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try
adding them back one at a time and rerunning the test each time, until
you identify which piece of equipment is causing the problem.
– If the Fax Line Condition Test fails without the other equipment,
connect the HP All-in-One to a working phone line and continue
reviewing the troubleshooting information in this section.
● If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the
splitter and connecting the HP All-in-One directly to the telephone wall jack.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it
passes and your HP All-in-One is ready for faxing. If the Fax Line Condition test
continues to fail and you experience problems faxing, contact your telephone
company and have them check the phone line.
The color graphics display always shows Phone Off Hook
Solution You are using the wrong type of phone cord. Make sure you are
using the phone cord that came with your HP All-in-One to connect the device to
your phone line. For more information, see The "Using Correct Type of Phone
Cord with Fax" test failed.
The HP All-in-One is having problems sending and receiving faxes
Solution Make sure the HP All-in-One is turned on. Look at the color graphics
display on the HP All-in-One. If the color graphics display is blank and the On
light is not lit, the HP All-in-One is turned off. Make sure the power cord is firmly
168
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
connected to the HP All-in-One and plugged into a power outlet. Press the On
button to turn on the HP All-in-One.
After turning on the HP All-in-One, HP recommends you wait five minutes before
sending or receiving a fax. The HP All-in-One cannot send or receive faxes while
it is initializing after being turned on.
Solution
● Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-inOne to connect to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should
be connected to the port labeled "1-LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One
and the other end to your telephone wall jack, as shown below.
Troubleshooting
●
●
●
●
User Guide
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One
If the supplied phone cord is not long enough, you can extend it. For
information see The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long
enough.
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack
that you are using for the HP All-in-One and check for a dial tone. If you do
not hear a dial tone, contact your telephone company and have them check
the line.
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the HP All-in-One,
might be in use. For example, you cannot use your HP All-in-One for faxing if
an extension phone is off the hook, or if you are using your computer modem
to send an e-mail or access the Internet.
Check to see if another process has caused an error. Check the color
graphics display or your computer for an error message providing information
about the problem and how to solve it. If there is an error, the HP All-in-One
will not send or receive a fax until the error condition is resolved.
The phone line connection might be noisy. Phone lines with poor sound
quality (noise) can cause faxing problems. Check the sound quality of the
phone line by plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for
static or other noise. If you hear noise, turn Error Correction Mode (ECM)
off and try faxing again. For information about changing ECM, see the
169
Chapter 14
●
●
Troubleshooting
●
●
onscreen HP Image Zone Help. If the problem persists, contact your
telephone company.
If you are using a digital subscriber line (DSL) service, make sure that you
have a DSL filter connected or you will not be able to fax successfully. For
more information, see Case B: Set up your HP All-in-One with DSL.
Make sure your HP All-in-One is not connected to a telephone wall jack that
is set up for digital phones. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a
regular analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a
normal sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones.
If you are using either a private branch exchange (PBX) or an integrated
services digital network (ISDN) converter/terminal adapter, make sure the
HP All-in-One is connected to the correct port and the terminal adapter is set
to the correct switch type for your country/region, if possible. For more
information, see Case C: Set up your HP All-in-One with a PBX phone
system or an ISDN line.
If your HP All-in-One shares the same phone line with a DSL service, the
DSL modem might not be properly grounded. If the DSL modem is not
properly grounded, it can create noise on the phone line. Phone lines with
poor sound quality (noise) can cause faxing problems. You can check the
sound quality of the phone line by plugging a phone into the telephone wall
jack and listening for static or other noise. If you hear noise, turn off your
DSL modem and completely remove power for at least 15 minutes. Turn the
DSL modem back on and listen to the dial tone again.
Note You might notice static on the phone line again in the future. If
your HP All-in-One stops sending and receiving faxes, repeat this
process.
●
If the phone line is still noisy, contact your telephone company. For
information on turning your DSL modem off, contact your DSL provider for
support.
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is
a two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the
splitter and connecting the HP All-in-One directly to the telephone wall jack.
The HP All-in-One is having problems sending a manual fax
Solution
● Make sure the telephone you use to initiate the fax call is connected directly
to the HP All-in-One. To send a fax manually, the telephone must be
connected directly to the port labeled "2-EXT" on the HP All-in-One, as
shown below. For information on sending faxes manually, see Send a fax
manually from a phone.
170
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Telephone wall jack
2
Phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One
3
Telephone
If you are sending a fax manually from your phone that is connected directly
to the HP All-in-One, you must use the keypad on the telephone to send the
fax. You cannot use the keypad on the control panel of the HP All-in-One.
The HP All-in-One cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes
Solution
● If you are not using a distinctive ring service, check to make sure that the
Answer Ring Pattern feature on your HP All-in-One is set to All Rings. For
information, see Change the answer ring pattern (distinctive ringing).
● If Auto Answer is set to Off, you will need to manually receive faxes;
otherwise, your HP All-in-One will not receive the fax. For information on
receiving faxes manually, see Receive a fax manually.
● If you have a voice mail service at the same phone number you use for fax
calls, you must receive faxes manually, not automatically. This means that
you must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. For
information on setting up your HP All-in-One when you have a voice mail
service, see Fax setup. For information on receiving faxes manually, see
Receive a fax manually.
● If you have a computer modem on the same phone line with your HP All-inOne, check to make sure that the computer modem software is not set to
receive faxes automatically. Modems that are set up to receive faxes
automatically take over the phone line to receive all incoming faxes, which
prevents the HP All-in-One from receiving fax calls.
User Guide
171
Troubleshooting
●
1
Chapter 14
Troubleshooting
●
If you have an answering machine on the same phone line with your HP Allin-One, you might have one of the following problems:
– Your answering machine might not be set up properly with your HP Allin-One.
– Your outgoing message might be too long or too loud to allow the HP Allin-One to detect fax tones, and the calling fax machine might disconnect.
– Your answering machine might hang up too quickly after the outgoing
message plays if it does not detect someone trying to record a message,
as when a fax is calling. This prevents the HP All-in-One from detecting
the fax tones. This problem is most common with digital answering
machines.
The following actions might help solve these problems:
– When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use
for fax calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the HP Allin-One as described in Fax setup.
– Make sure your HP All-in-One is set to receive faxes automatically. For
information on setting up your HP All-in-One to receive faxes
automatically, see Fax setup.
– Make sure the Rings to Answer setting is set to a greater number of
rings than the answering machine. For more information, see Set the
number of rings before answering.
– Disconnect the answering machine and then try receiving a fax. If you
can receive a fax without the answering machine, the answering
machine might be causing the problem.
– Reconnect the answering machine and record your outgoing message
again. Record a message that is approximately 10 seconds in duration.
Speak slowly and at a low volume when recording your message. Leave
at least 5 seconds of silence at the end of the voice message. There
should be no background noise when recording this silent time. Try to
receive a fax again.
Note Some digital answering machines might not retain the
recorded silence at the end of your outgoing message. Play back
your outgoing message to check.
●
●
172
If your HP All-in-One shares the same phone line with other types of phone
equipment, such as an answering machine, a computer modem, or multi-port
switch box, the fax signal level might be reduced. This can cause problems
during fax reception.
To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect everything
except the HP All-in-One from the phone line, and then try to receive a fax. If
you can receive faxes successfully without the other equipment, one or more
pieces of the other equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one
at a time and receiving a fax each time, until you identify which equipment is
causing the problem.
If you have a special ring pattern for your fax phone number (using a
distinctive ring service through your telephone company), make sure that the
Answer Ring Pattern feature on your HP All-in-One is set to match. For
more information, see Change the answer ring pattern (distinctive ringing).
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
The HP All-in-One cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine
Solution
● When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for
fax calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the HP All-in-One
as described in Fax setup. If you do not connect the answering machine as
recommended, fax tones might be recorded on your answering machine.
● Make sure your HP All-in-One is set to receive faxes automatically. If your
HP All-in-One is set up to receive faxes manually, the HP All-in-One will not
answer incoming calls. You must be available to respond in person to
incoming fax calls, or the HP All-in-One will not receive the fax and your
answering machine will record the fax tones. For information on setting up
your HP All-in-One to receive faxes automatically, see Fax setup.
● Make sure the Rings to Answer setting is set to a greater number of rings
than the answering machine. For more information, see Set the number of
rings before answering.
The phone cord that came with my HP All-in-One is not long enough
Solution If the phone cord that came with your HP All-in-One is not long
enough, you can use a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler
at an electronics store that carries phone accessories. You will also need another
phone cord, which can be a standard phone cord that you might already have in
your home or office.
User Guide
173
Troubleshooting
Solution
● The HP All-in-One might be dialing too fast or too soon. You might need to
insert some pauses in the number sequence. For example, if you need to
access an outside line before dialing the phone number, insert a pause
following the access number. If your number is 95555555, and 9 accesses
an outside line, you might insert pauses as follows: 9-555-5555. To insert a
pause during dialing, press , or press the Space (#) button repeatedly,
until a dash (-) appears on the color graphics display.
You can also use monitor dialing to send the fax. This enables you to listen
to the phone line as you dial. You can set the pace of your dialing and
respond to prompts as you dial. For more information, see Send a fax using
monitor dialing.
● The number you entered when sending the fax is not in the proper format or
the receiving fax machine is having problems. To check this, try calling the
fax number from a telephone and listen for fax tones. If you cannot hear fax
tones, the receiving fax machine might not be turned on or connected, or a
voice mail service could be interfering with the recipient's phone line. You
can also ask the recipient to check the receiving fax machine for any
problems.
Chapter 14
Tip If your HP All-in-One came with a 2-wire phone cord adaptor, you
can use it with a 4-wire phone cord to extend the length. For information
on using the 2-wire phone cord adaptor, see the documentation that came
with it.
Troubleshooting
To extend your phone cord
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with your HP All-in-One, connect
one end to the coupler, then connect the other end to the port labeled "1LINE" on the back of your HP All-in-One.
2. Connect another phone cord to the open port on the coupler and to the
telephone wall jack, as shown below.
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Coupler
3
Phone cord supplied in the box with the HP All-in-One
Operational troubleshooting
The 3100, 3200, 3300 series Troubleshooting section in the HP Image Zone Help
contains troubleshooting tips for some of the most common issues associated with
your HP All-in-One.
To access the troubleshooting information from a Windows computer, go to the
HP Image Zone, click Help, and then choose Troubleshooting and Support.
Troubleshooting is also available through the Help button that appears on some error
messages.
To access troubleshooting information on a Mac, click the HP Image Zone icon in the
Dock, select Help from the menu bar, choose HP Image Zone Help from the Help
menu, and then choose 3100, 3200, 3300 series Troubleshooting in the Help Viewer.
If you have Internet access, you can get help from the HP website at www.hp.com/
support. The website also provides answers to frequently asked questions.
174
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Paper troubleshooting
To help avoid paper jams, only use paper types that are recommended for your HP Allin-One. For a list of recommended papers, see the onscreen HP Image Zone Help, or
go to www.hp.com/support.
Do not load curled or wrinkled paper, or paper with bent or torn edges, into the input
tray. For more information, see Avoid paper jams.
Paper has jammed the HP All-in-One
Solution If paper becomes jammed in your device, follow these instructions to
clear the paper jam.
1. Press in the tab on the rear clean-out door to remove the door.
2.
Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.
Caution If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers,
check the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might
remain inside the device. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper
from the HP All-in-One, more paper jams are likely to occur.
3.
4.
Replace the rear clean-out door. Gently push the door forward until it snaps
into place.
Press OK to continue the current job.
Note If the paper is still jammed, see the onscreen Troubleshooting Help
that came with your HP Image Zone software.
Paper has jammed the optional two-sided printing accessory
Solution You might need to remove the two-sided printing accessory. For
more information, see the printed guide that came with your two-sided printing
accessory.
Note If you turned the HP All-in-One off before clearing the paper jam,
turn it back on, and then restart your printing or copying job.
User Guide
175
Troubleshooting
Caution Clearing a paper jam from the top of the HP All-in-One can
damage the print mechanism. Whenever possible, access and clear
paper jams through the rear clean-out door.
Chapter 14
Ink cartridge troubleshooting
If you are experiencing problems with printing, you might have a problem with one of
the ink cartridges. Try the following:
1.
2.
Troubleshooting
3.
4.
5.
Remove and reinsert the ink cartridges and verify that they are fully inserted and
locked in place.
If the problem persists, print a self-test report to determine if there is a problem
with the ink cartridges.
This report provides useful information about your ink cartridges, including status
information.
If the self-test report shows a problem, clean the print head.
If the problem persists, align the printer.
If you are still experiencing problems with printing, determine which ink cartridge
is experiencing the problem and replace it.
For instructions on how to print a self-test report, clean the print head, and align the
printer, see Maintain your HP All-in-One.
Device update
In order to keep your HP All-in-One running smoothly with the most advanced
technology available, you can retrieve device updates for your HP All-in-One from the
HP support website and install them using the Device Update Wizard. Also, you
might need to install device updates on your HP All-in-One for one of the following
reasons:
●
●
You call HP customer support and a service representative advises you to access
the HP support website to retrieve an upgrade for your device.
A message appears on your HP All-in-One color graphics display to direct you to
update your device.
Device update (Windows)
Use one of the following to retrieve an update for your device:
●
●
Use your Web browser to download an update for your HP All-in-One from
www.hp.com/support. The file will be a self-extracting executable with the
extension .exe. When you double-click the .exe file, the Device Update Wizard
opens on your computer.
Use the Software Update utility to automatically search the HP support website
for device updates at predetermined intervals.
Note If you are a Windows user, you can set the Software Update utility
(part of the HP Image Zone software installed on your computer) to
automatically search the HP support website for device updates at
predetermined intervals. If you do not have the latest version of the
Software Update utility at the time of install, a dialog box appears on your
computer prompting you to upgrade. Accept the upgrade. For more
information on the Software Update utility, see the onscreen HP Image
Zone Help.
176
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Note If you disrupt the update, or an error message indicates the update
failed, call HP support for assistance.
After your HP All-in-One shuts down and restarts, an update complete screen
appears on your computer.
Your device is updated. It is now safe to use your HP All-in-One.
Device update (Mac)
The device update installer provides a means to apply updates to your HP All-in-One
as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
User Guide
Use your Web browser to download an update for your HP All-in-One from
www.hp.com/support.
Double-click the downloaded file.
The installer opens on your computer.
Follow the onscreen prompts to install the update to your HP All-in-One.
Restart the HP All-in-One to complete the process.
177
Troubleshooting
To use device update
1. Do one of the following:
– Double-click the update .exe file you downloaded from www.hp.com/support.
– When prompted, accept the device update found by the Software Update
utility.
The Device Update Wizard opens on your computer.
2. At the Welcome screen, click Next.
The Select a Device screen appears.
3. Select your HP All-in-One from the list, and then click Next.
The Important Information screen appears.
4. Make sure your computer and device meet the requirements listed.
5. If you meet the requirements, click Update.
The Updating Device screen appears. A light begins to flash on the control panel
of your HP All-in-One.
The screen on your color graphics display turns green as the update is loaded
and extracted to your device.
6. Do not disconnect, shut down, or perform any other activities on your device
while the update is occurring.
Troubleshooting
Chapter 14
178
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
15
HP warranty and support
Hewlett-Packard provides Internet and phone support for your HP All-in-One.
This chapter provides warranty information as well as how to get support from the Internet,
contact HP customer support, access your serial number and service ID, call in North America
during warranty, and prepare your HP All-in-One for shipment.
If you are unable to find the answer you need in the printed or onscreen documentation supplied
with your product, you can contact one of the HP support services listed in the following pages.
Some support services are available only in the U.S. and Canada, while others are available in
many countries/regions worldwide. If a support service number is not listed for your country/
region, contact your nearest authorized HP dealer for help.
Warranty
To obtain HP repair service, you must first contact an HP service office or an HP Customer
Support Center for basic troubleshooting. See Before you call HP customer support for steps to
take before calling Customer Support.
Note This information does not apply to customers in Japan. For information on service
options in Japan, see HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan).
Warranty upgrades
For more information:
●
In the U.S., dial 1-866-234-1377 to speak to an HP advisor.
●
Outside the U.S., please call your local HP Customer Support office. See Call elsewhere in
the world for more information and a list of international Customer Support numbers.
●
Go to the HP website at www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your country/region, and
then find warranty information.
User Guide
179
HP warranty and support
Depending on your country/region, HP might offer (for an additional fee) a warranty upgrade
option that extends or enhances your standard product warranty. Available options might include
priority phone support, return service, or next business day exchange. Typically, service
coverage begins on product purchase date and must be purchased within a limited time of
product purchase.
Chapter 15
Warranty information
HP product
Duration of limited warranty
Software
90 days
Print cartridges
Until the HP ink is depleted or the “end of warranty” date printed
on the cartridge has been reached, whichever occurs first. This
warranty does not cover HP ink products that have been refilled,
remanufactured, refurbished, misused, or tampered with.
Accessories
1 year
Printer peripheral hardware (see the following for details) 1 year
HP warranty and support
A. Extent of limited warranty
1. Hewlett-Packard (HP) warrants to the end-user customer that the HP products specified above will be free from
defects in materials and workmanship for the duration specified above, which duration begins on the date of purchase
by the customer.
2. For software products, HP's limited warranty applies only to a failure to execute programming instructions. HP does
not warrant that the operation of any product will be uninterrupted or error free.
3. HP's limited warranty covers only those defects that arise as a result of normal use of the product, and does not cover
any other problems, including those that arise as a result of:
a. Improper maintenance or modification;
b. Software, media, parts, or supplies not provided or supported by HP;
c. Operation outside the product's specifications;
d. Unauthorized modification or misuse.
4. For HP printer products, the use of a non-HP ink cartridge or a refilled ink cartridge does not affect either the warranty
to the customer or any HP support contract with the customer. However, if printer failure or damage is attributable to
the use of a non-HP or refilled ink cartridge, HP will charge its standard time and materials charges to service the
printer for the particular failure or damage.
5. If HP receives, during the applicable warranty period, notice of a defect in any product which is covered by HP's
warranty, HP shall either repair or replace the product, at HP's option.
6. If HP is unable to repair or replace, as applicable, a defective product which is covered by HP's warranty, HP shall,
within a reasonable time after being notified of the defect, refund the purchase price for the product.
7. HP shall have no obligation to repair, replace, or refund until the customer returns the defective product to HP.
8. Any replacement product may be either new or like-new, provided that it has functionality at least equal to that of the
product being replaced.
9. HP products may contain remanufactured parts, components, or materials equivalent to new in performance.
10. HP's Limited Warranty Statement is valid in any country where the covered HP product is distributed by HP. Contracts
for additional warranty services, such as on-site service, may be available from any authorized HP service facility in
countries where the product is distributed by HP or by an authorized importer.
B. Limitations of warranty
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, NEITHER HP NOR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS MAKES ANY
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.
C. Limitations of liability
1. To the extent allowed by local law, the remedies provided in this Warranty Statement are the customer's sole and
exclusive remedies.
2. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, EXCEPT FOR THE OBLIGATIONS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN
THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL HP OR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON
CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY AND WHETHER ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
D. Local law
1. This Warranty Statement gives the customer specific legal rights. The customer may also have other rights which vary
from state to state in the United States, from province to province in Canada, and from country to country elsewhere
in the world.
2. To the extent that this Warranty Statement is inconsistent with local law, this Warranty Statement shall be deemed
modified to be consistent with such local law. Under such local law, certain disclaimers and limitations of this Warranty
Statement may not apply to the customer. For example, some states in the United States, as well as some
governments outside the United States (including provinces in Canada), may:
a. Preclude the disclaimers and limitations in this Warranty Statement from limiting the statutory rights of a consumer
(e.g., the United Kingdom);
b. Otherwise restrict the ability of a manufacturer to enforce such disclaimers or limitations; or
c. Grant the customer additional warranty rights, specify the duration of implied warranties which the manufacturer
cannot disclaim, or allow limitations on the duration of implied warranties.
3. THE TERMS IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT
EXCLUDE, RESTRICT, OR MODIFY, AND ARE IN ADDITION TO, THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS
APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THE HP PRODUCTS TO SUCH CUSTOMERS.
HP Limited Warranty
Dear Customer,
You will find below the name and address of the HP entity responsible for the performance of the HP Limited Warranty in your
country.
You may have additional statutory rights against the seller based on your purchase agreement. Those rights are not
in any way affected by this HP Limited Warranty.
Ireland: Hewlett-Packard Ireland Ltd. 30 Herbert Street IRL-Dublin 2
United Kingdom: Hewlett-Packard Ltd, Cain Road, Bracknell, GB-Berks RG12 1HN
180
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Before you call HP customer support
Software programs from other companies might be included with your HP All-in-One. If you
experience problems with any of those programs, you will receive the best technical assistance
by calling the experts at that company.
If you need to contact HP Customer Support, do the following before you call.
Note This information does not apply to customers in Japan. For information on service
options in Japan, see HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan).
1.
Make sure that:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Reset your HP All-in-One:
a.
b.
c.
d.
3.
4.
Your HP All-in-One is plugged in and turned on.
The specified ink cartridges are installed correctly.
The recommended paper is properly loaded in the input tray.
Turn off the HP All-in-One by pressing the On button.
Unplug the power cord from the back of the HP All-in-One.
Plug the power cord back into the HP All-in-One.
Turn on the HP All-in-One by pressing the On button.
For more information, go to www.hp.com/support
This website offers technical support, drivers, supplies, and ordering information.
If you are still experiencing problems and need to speak with an HP Customer Support
Representative, do the following:
a.
Access your serial number and service ID
You can access important information by using the Information Menu of your HP All-in-One.
Note If your HP All-in-One is not turning on, you can view the serial number by looking
the sticker on the bottom of your HP All-in-One. The serial number is the 10-character
code.
1.
2.
Press
3.
Press
until Model Number appears and then press OK.
The service ID appears. Write down the complete service ID.
4.
Press Cancel, and then press
until Serial Number appears.
Press OK.
This displays the serial number. Write down the complete serial number.
Press Cancel until you to exit the Support Menu.
5.
6.
User Guide
Press * and press #. Then press 1, 2, 3.
The Support Menu appears.
until the Information Menu appears and then press OK.
181
HP warranty and support
5.
Have the specific name of your HP All-in-One, as it appears on the control panel,
available.
b. Print a self-test report. For information on printing a self-test report, see Print a self-test
report.
c. Make a color copy to have available as a sample printout.
d. Be prepared to describe your problem in detail.
e. Have your serial number and service ID ready. For information on how to access your
serial number and service ID, see Access your serial number and service ID.
Call HP Customer Support. Be near your HP All-in-One when you call.
Chapter 15
Get support and other information from the Internet
If you have Internet access, you can get help from www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose
your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.
This website offers technical support, drivers, supplies, ordering information and other options
such as:
●
●
●
●
Access online support pages.
Send HP an e-mail message for answers to your questions.
Connect with an HP technician by using online chat.
Check for software updates.
Support options and availability vary by product, country/region, and language.
Call in North America during warranty
Call 1-800-474-6836 (1-800-HP invent). U.S. phone support is available in both English and
Spanish languages 24 hours a day, 7 days a week (days and hours of support may change
without notice). This service is free during the warranty period. A fee may apply outside the
warranty period.
Call elsewhere in the world
The numbers listed below are current as of the publication date of this guide. For a list of current
international HP Support Service numbers, go to www.hp.com/support and choose your own
country/region or language.
Support service is free during the warranty period; however, your standard long-distance phone
charges will apply. In some cases, per minute, per half-minute or a flat fee per single incident
might also apply.
HP warranty and support
For phone support in Europe, please check for the details and conditions of phone support in
your country/region by going to www.hp.com/support.
Alternatively, you can ask your dealer or call HP at the phone number provided in this guide.
As part of our constant efforts to improve our phone support service, we advise you to check our
website on a regular basis for new information regarding service features and delivery.
182
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
www.hp.com/support
61 56 45 43
1588-3003
Argentina (Buenos Aires)
Argentina
54-11-4708-1600
0-800-555-5000
Luxembourg
Luxemburg
900 40 007
Australia
Australia (out-of-warranty)
1300 721 147
1902 910 910
+ 43 1 86332 1000
0810-0010000
(in-country)
Malaysia
1800 805 405
Mexico (Mexico City)
55-5258-9922
Mexico
01-800-472-68368
Österreich
800 171
22 404747
Nederland
0900 2020 165
New Zealand
0800 441 147
Belgique
070 300 005
070 300 004
Brasil (Sao Paulo)
55-11-4004-
Nigeria
1 3204 999
Brasil
0-800-709-7751
Norge
+46 (0)77 120 4765
Panama
1-800-711-2884
België
Canada (Mississauga Area) (905) 206-4663
Canada
1-(800)-474-6836
Paraguay
009 800 54 1 0006
Central America &
The Caribbean
www.hp.com/support
Perú
0-800-10111
Chile
800-360-999
Philippines
(63) 2 867 3551
1800 1441 0094
Polska
0 801 800 235
021-3881-4518
800-810-3888 : 3002
Colombia (Bogota)
571-606-9191
Portugal
808 201 492
Puerto Rico
1-877-232-0589
Colombia
01-8000-51-4746-8368
República Dominicana
1-800-711-2884
Costa Rica
0-800-011-1046
România
(21) 315 4442
Česká republika
261 307 310
Danmark
+ 45 70 202 845
()
(
-)
812 3467997
Ecuador (Andinatel)
1-999-119
800 897 1444
Ecuador (Pacifitel)
1-800-225-528
800-711-2884
2 532 5222
El Salvador
800-6160
España
902 010 059
France
+33 (0)892 69 60 22
Deutschland
+49 (0)180 5652 180
Singapore
Slovensko
South Africa (international)
South Africa (RSA)
6 272 5300
2 50222444
+ 27 11 2589301
086 0001030
Rest of West Africa
+ 351 213 17 63 80
Suomi
+358 (0)203 66 767
Sverige
+46 (0)77 120 4765
Switzerland
0848 672 672
+ 30 210 6073603
801 11 22 55 47
800 9 2649
Guatemala
095 7973520
02-8722-8000
+66 (2) 353 9000
71 89 12 22
1-800-711-2884
Trinidad & Tobago
1-800-711-2884
2802 4098
Türkiye
90 212 444 71 71
Magyarország
1 382 1111
(380 44) 4903520
India
1 600 44 7737
800 4910
Indonesia
+62 (21) 350 3408
Ireland
1 890 923 902
(0) 9 830 4848
Italia
Jamaica
HP warranty and support
800-711-2884
User Guide
900 40 006
848 800 871
1-800-711-2884
0570-000511
03-3335-9800
United Kingdom
United States
+44 (0)870 010 4320
1-(800)-474-6836
Uruguay
0004-054-177
Venezuela (Caracas)
58-212-278-8666
Venezuela
0-800-474-68368
Viêt Nam
+84 88234530
183
Chapter 15
HP warranty and support
HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan)
For instructions on how to pack your device for exchange, see Pack your HP All-in-One.
Prepare your HP All-in-One for shipment
If after contacting HP Customer Support or returning to the point of purchase, you are requested
to send your HP All-in-One in for service, pack the HP All-in-One in the original packing materials
to avoid further damage. Retain the power cord and control panel faceplate in case the HP All-inOne needs to be replaced.
Caution To prevent ink leakage when transporting your HP All-in-One, please make
sure that the ink cartridges are inserted into the device.
Replace the ink cartridges in your HP All-in-One
This section provides instructions on how to replace ink cartridges in your HP All-in-One.
Note 1 If you have not already received a replacement device, the HP customer
support call agent will instruct you whether or not to also send your ink cartridges with
your HP All-in-One.
Note 2 This information does not apply to customers in Japan. For information on
service options in Japan, see HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan) and the instructions
described in Pack your HP All-in-One.
1.
2.
184
Turn off the HP All-in-One.
Open the ink cartridge access door by lifting from the front center of the device, until the
door locks into place.
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
3.
1
Ink cartridge latch for the black ink cartridge
2
Ink cartridge latches for the color ink cartridges
If you already received a replacement HP All-in-One, it might have come with empty ink
cartridges. If this is the case, insert the empty ink cartridges into the device you are shipping
back.
Note If you have not received a replacement HP All-in-One, the HP customer
support call agent will instruct you whether to send your ink cartridges with your
HP All-in-One.
5.
6.
7.
Lower the ink cartridge latches and press until they snap into place.
Close the ink cartridge access door.
Unplug the power cord, and then disconnect it from the HP All-in-One.
Caution Do not return your power cord or control panel faceplate with the device.
The replacement device will not be shipped with these items. Store them in a safe
place until the replacement HP All-in-One arrives.
8.
See Remove the control panel faceplate to complete preparation for shipment.
Remove the control panel faceplate
Complete the following steps once you have replaced the ink cartridges.
User Guide
185
HP warranty and support
4.
Squeeze the tab below an ink cartridge to release the latch inside the HP All-in-One; then
lift the latch.
To remove the black ink cartridge, lift the latch on the far left.
To remove the five color ink cartridges, such as yellow, light cyan, cyan, light magenta, or
magenta, lift the appropriate latch in the center area.
Chapter 15
Note This information does not apply to customers in Japan. For information on service
options in Japan, see HP Quick Exchange Service (Japan) and the instructions
described in Pack your HP All-in-One.
Caution The HP All-in-One must be unplugged before following these steps.
Remove the control panel faceplate as follows:
a.
b.
Rotate the control panel up as far as it will go.
Using both hands, place your index fingers on the notches on each side of the control
panel.
c.
Gently pull the faceplate towards you to remove it from the device.
HP warranty and support
1.
2.
Retain the control panel faceplate. Do not return the control panel faceplate with the HP Allin-One.
Caution The replacement HP All-in-One might not come with a control panel
faceplate. Store your control panel faceplate (along with the power cord) in a safe
place, and when the replacement HP All-in-One arrives, reattach your control panel
faceplate. You must attach your control panel faceplate to use the control panel
functions on the replacement HP All-in-One.
Note See the Setup Guide that came with your HP All-in-One for instructions on
how to attach your control panel faceplate. The replacement HP All-in-One might
come with instructions for setting up your device.
186
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Pack your HP All-in-One
Complete the following steps once you have unplugged your HP All-in-One.
1.
2.
3.
If available, pack your HP All-in-One for shipment by using the original packing materials or
the packaging materials that came with the replacement device.
If you do not have the original packaging materials, please use other adequate packaging
materials. Shipping damage caused by improper packaging and/or improper transportation
is not covered under the warranty.
Place the return shipping label on the outside of the box.
Include the following items in the box:
–
–
User Guide
187
HP warranty and support
–
A complete description of symptoms for service personnel (samples of print quality
problems are helpful).
A copy of the sales slip or other proof of purchase to establish the warranty coverage
period.
Your name, address, and a phone number where you can be reached during the day.
HP warranty and support
Chapter 15
188
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
16
Technical information
This chapter provides information on accessing system requirements, paper specifications, print
specifications, copy specifications, fax specifications, memory card specifications, scan
specifications, physical specifications, power specifications, environmental specifications,
regulatory notices, and the declaration of conformity for your HP All-in-One.
System requirements
Software system requirements are located in the Readme file. For information on viewing the
Readme file, see View the Readme file.
Paper specifications
This section contains information about paper-tray capacities, paper sizes, and print margin
specifications.
Paper-tray capacities
Capacity1
Maximum Media Size2
Minimum Media Size
Main Tray
Up to 100 sheets
216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14
inch)
76 x 127 mm (3 x 5 inch)
Photo Tray
Up to 20 sheets
105 x 165 mm (4.13 x
6.5 inch)
89 x 127 mm (3.5 x 5
inch)
Output Tray
Up to 50 sheets
N/A
N/A
1
2
Maximum capacity.
Panorama media up to 610 mm (24 inches) long is supported through manual continuous
feed.
Note HP recommends emptying the output tray frequently.
Technical information
User Guide
189
Chapter 16
Paper sizes
Type
Size
Weight
Paper
Letter: 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)
60 to 90 gsm (16 to 24 lbs)
A4: 210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7 inches)
A5: 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 inches)
Executive: 184 x 267 mm (7.25 x 10.5
inches)
Legal1: 216 x 356 mm (8.5 x 14 inches)
L: 89 x 127 mm (3.5 x 5 inches)
2L: 127 x 178 mm (5 x 7 inches)
Mutsugiri: 203 mm x 254 mm (8 x 10
inches)
Panorama:
102 x 254 mm (4 x 10 inches)
102 x 279 mm (4 x 11 inches)
102 x 305 mm (4 x 12 inches)
204 x 594 mm (8.27 x 23.4 inches)
Envelopes
U.S. #10: 104 x 241 mm (4.125 x 9.5
inches)
75 to 90 gsm (20 to 24 lbs)
A2: 111 x 146 mm (4.4 x 5.8 inches)
DL: 110 x 220 mm (4.3 x 8.7 inches)
C6: 114 x 162 mm (4.5 x 6.4 inches)
Transparency film
Letter: 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)
N/A
A4: 210 x 297 mm (8.3 x 11.7 inches)
Photo paper
102 x 152 mm (4 x 6 inches)
236 gsm (145 lb)
127 x 178 mm (5 x 7 inches)
N/A
Letter: 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)
A4: 210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7 inches)
Panorama:
102 x 254 mm (4 x 10 inches)
Technical information
102 x 279 mm (4 x 11 inches)
102 x 305 mm (4 x 12 inches)
204 x 594 mm (8.27 x 23.4 inches)
190
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
(continued)
Type
Size
Weight
Cards
Index card: 76.2 x 127 mm (3 x 5 inches)
200 gsm (110 lb maximum)
Index card: 101 x 152 mm (4 x 6 inches)
Index card: 127 x 203.2 mm (5 x 8 inches)
N/A
127 x 178 mm (5 x 7 inches)
A6: 105 x 148.5 mm (4.13 x 5.85 inches)
Hagaki postcard: 100 x 148 mm (3.9 x
5.8 inches)
Labels
Letter: 216 x 279 mm (8.5 x 11 inches)
N/A
A4: 210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7 inches)
Custom
76 x 127 mm up to 216 x 356 mm (3 x 5
inches up to 8.5 x 14 inches)
1
N/A
20 lb. and up
Print margin specifications
Bottom (trailing
edge)
Left
Right
U.S. (letter, legal)
1.8 mm (0.07
inches)
3 mm (0.12 inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
Executive
1.8 mm (0.07
inches)
6.0 mm (0.24
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
ISO (A4)
1.8 mm (0.07
inches)
3 mm (0.12 inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
ISO (A5, A6) and JIS
(B5)
1.8 mm (0.07
inches)
6.0 mm (0.24
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
Envelopes
1.8 mm (0.07
inches)
14.3 mm (0.56
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
Index card 7.62 x
12.7 cm (3 x 5 inch),
12.7 x 20.32 cm (5 x
8 inch)
1.8 mm (0.07
inches)
6.0 mm (0.24
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
Index card 10 x 15
cm (4 x 6 inch), 100 x
148 mm (3.9 x 5.8
inches)
1.8 mm (0.07
inches)
3 mm (0.12 inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
10 x 15 cm (4 x 6
inch) photo paper
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
3.2 mm (0.13
inches)
Technical information
Top (leading
edge)
Print specifications
●
●
User Guide
Up to 1200 x 1200 rendered dpi black when printing from a computer
Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color when printing from a computer and 1200-input dpi
191
Chapter 16
●
●
●
●
●
●
Print speeds vary according to the complexity of the document
Panorama-size printing
Method: drop-on-demand thermal inkjet
Language: HP PCL Level 3, PCL3 GUI or PCL 10
Ink cartridges: six individual cartridges of HP Vivera Inks designed for efficient ink usage
Duty cycle: 3000 printed pages per month
Mode
Speed (ppm) on plain paper
Speed (seconds) 4
x 6 inch
borderless photo
Maximum dpi
Black and Color
up to 1.3
as fast as 150
Best
Black and Color
up to 2.1
as fast as 96
Normal
Black
up to 7.8
as fast as 53
Color
up to 5.7
as fast as 53
Black
up to 7.9
as fast as 33
Color
up to 7.3
as fast as 33
Black
up to 32
as fast as 27
Color
up to 31
as fast as 27
Fast Normal
Fast Draft
Copy specifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
Digital image processing
Up to 99 copies from original (varies by model)
Digital zoom from 25 to 400% (varies by model)
Fit to page, Many on page
Up to 32 copies per minute black; 31 copies per minute color (varies by model)
Copy speeds vary according to the complexity of the document
Mode
Maximum dpi
Technical information
Best
Normal
Fast
Speed (ppm)
Scan resolution (dpi)
Black
up to 0.35
1200 x 1200
Color
up to 0.35
1200 x 1200
Black
up to 1.0
600 x 600
Color
up to 1.0
600 x 600
Black
up to 7.8
300 x 300
Color
up to 5.7
300 x 300
Black
up to 32
300 x 300
Color
up to 31
300 x 300
Fax specifications
●
●
192
Walk-up black-and-white and color fax capability
Up to 75 speed dials (varies by model)
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Up to 90-page memory (varies by model, based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard
resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution will take longer and use more
memory.
Manual multiple-page fax
Automatic busy redial up to five times (varies by model)
Automatic no-answer redial up to two times (varies by model)
Confirmation and activity reports
CCITT/ITU Group 3 fax with Error Correction Mode
33.6 Kbps transmission
3 seconds per page speed at 33.6 Kbps (based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard
resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution take longer and use more memory.
Ring detect with automatic fax/answering machine switching
Photo (dpi)
Fine (dpi)
Standard (dpi)
Black
200 x 200
200 x 200
200 x 100
Color
200 x 200
200 x 200
200 x 200
Memory card specifications
●
●
●
●
Maximum recommended number of files on a memory card: 1,000
Maximum recommended individual image file size: 8 MB
Maximum recommended individual image size: 12 megapixels
Maximum recommended individual video length: 3 minutes
Note Approaching any of the recommended maximums on a memory card might cause
the performance of the HP All-in-One to function more slowly than expected.
Large video files might take several minutes to open.
Supported memory card types
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
CompactFlash (types I and II)
Memory Stick
Memory Stick Pro
Memory Stick Magic Gate
Secure Digital
MultiMediaCard (MMC)
xD-Picture Card
Other memory cards, including Memory Stick Magic Gate Duo, Memory Stick Duo, and Secure
Multimedia Card, are supported with the use of an adapter. See the instructions that came with
your memory card for more information.
●
●
●
Technical information
Supported video file types
Motion-JPEG Quicktime (.mov)
Motion-JPEG AVI (.avi)
MPEG-1 (.mpg, .mpe, or .mpeg)
The printer ignores video clips in any other format.
Scan specifications
●
●
●
User Guide
Image editor included
Integrated OCR software automatically converts scanned text to editable text
Integrated 35 mm film scanning, up to 6 negatives or 4 slides
193
Chapter 16
Note Positive 35 mm film is supported. Negative 35 mm film mounted as a slide is
not supported.
●
●
●
●
●
Scan speeds vary according to the complexity of the document
Twain-compliant interface
Resolution: 4800 x 4800 dpi optical, up to 19,200 dpi enhanced
Color: 48-bit color, 8-bit grayscale (256 levels of gray)
Maximum scan size from glass: 216 x 305 mm (8.5 x 12 inches)
Physical specifications
●
●
●
●
Height: 22 cm (8.7 inches)
Width: 46.4 cm (18.3 inches)
Depth: 39.5 cm (15.6 inches)
Weight: 12 kg (26.5 pounds)
Power specifications
●
●
●
Power consumption: 95 W maximum
Input voltage: AC 100 to 240 V ~ 2 A 50–60 Hz, grounded
Idle state power consumption: 11.5 W
Environmental specifications
●
●
●
●
Recommended operating temperature range: 15º to 30º C (59º to 86º F)
Allowable operating temperature range: 5º to 40º C (41º to 104º F)
Humidity: 20% to 80% RH non-condensing
Shipping temperature range: -40º to 60º C (-40º to 140º F)
In the presence of high electromagnetic fields it is possible the output from the HP All-in-One
might be slightly distorted.
HP recommends using an Ethernet cable or a USB cable less than or equal to 3 m (10 feet) in
length to minimize injected noise due to potential high electromagnetic fields.
Additional specifications
Memory: 16 MB ROM, 64 MB DRAM
If you have Internet access, you can get acoustic information from the HP website. Go to:
www.hp.com/support
Environmental product stewardship program
Technical information
This section provides information on protecting the environment; ozone production; energy
consumption; paper use; plastics; material safety data sheets; and recycling programs.
This section contains information about environmental standards.
Protecting the environment
Hewlett-Packard is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner.
This product has been designed with several attributes to minimize impacts on our environment.
For more information, visit HP’s Commitment to the Environment website at:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/index.html
Ozone production
This product generates no appreciable ozone gas (O3).
194
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Energy consumption
Energy usage drops significantly while in ENERGY STAR® mode, which saves natural
resources, and saves money without affecting the high performance of this product. This product
qualifies for ENERGY STAR, which is a voluntary program established to encourage the
development of energy-efficient office products.
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered service mark of the U.S. EPA. As an ENERGY STAR
partner, HP has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy
efficiency.
For more information on ENERGY STAR guidelines, go to the following website:
www.energystar.gov
Paper use
This product is suited for the use of recycled paper according to DIN 19309.
Plastics
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the
ability to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of the product’s life.
Material safety data sheets
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) can be obtained from the HP website at:
www.hp.com/go/msds
Customers without Internet access should contact their local HP Customer Care Center.
Recycling program
HP offers an increasing number of product return and recycling programs in many countries, as
well as partnering with some of the largest electronic recycling centers throughout the world. HP
also conserves resources by refurbishing and reselling some of its most popular products.
HP inkjet supplies recycling program
HP is committed to protecting the environment. The HP Inkjet Supplies Recycling Program is
available in many countries/regions, and lets you recycle used ink cartridges free of charge. For
more information, go to the following website:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/inkjet.html
Disposal of Waste Equipment by Users in Private Households in the European Union
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed
of with your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste
equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical
User Guide
195
Technical information
This HP product contains the following materials that might require special handling at end-of-life:
●
Mercury in the fluorescent lamps in the scanner (< 2 mg) and the Slide and Negative Film
light (< 2.5 mg)
●
Lead in the solder (As of July 1, 2006, this HP product complies with requirements of the
European Union Directive 2002/95/EC, “Restriction of the use of Certain Hazardous
Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment,” and China's “Management Methods on
the Prevention and Control of Pollution Caused by Electronic Information Products”.)
Chapter 16
and electronic equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment at the
time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner
that protects human health and the environment. For more information about where you can drop
off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, your household
waste disposal service, or the shop where you purchased the product.
For more information regarding return and recycling of HP products generally, please visit:
http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/index.html.
Regulatory notices
The HP All-in-One meets product requirements from regulatory agencies in your country/region.
Regulatory model identification number
For regulatory identification purposes, your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number. The
Regulatory Model Number for your product is SDGOB-0501-03. This regulatory number should
not be confused with the marketing name (HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series).
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On this equipment is a label that contains,
among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalent Number (REN)
for this equipment. If requested, provide this information to your telephone company.
An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This
equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a
compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment connects to the telephone
network through the following standard network interface jack: USOC RJ-11C.
The REN is useful to determine the quantity of devices you may connect to your telephone line
and still have all of those devices ring when your number is called. Too many devices on one line
might result in failure to ring in response to an incoming call. In most, but not all, areas the sum
of the RENs of all devices should not exceed five (5). To be certain of the number of devices you
may connect to your line, as determined by the REN, you should call your local telephone
company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area.
Technical information
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, your telephone company might
discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. If advance notice
is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be advised of your right to
file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company might make changes in its facilities,
equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper operation of your equipment. If
they do, you will be given advance notice so you will have the opportunity to maintain
uninterrupted service.
If you experience trouble with this equipment, please contact the manufacturer, or look
elsewhere in this manual, for warranty or repair information. Your telephone company might ask
you to disconnect this equipment from the network until the problem has been corrected or until
you are sure that the equipment is not malfunctioning.
This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company.
Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs. Contact your state public utility commission,
public service commission, or corporation commission for more information.
196
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
This equipment includes automatic dialing capability. When programming and/or making test
calls to emergency numbers:
●
●
Remain on the line and explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call.
Perform such activities in the off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening.
Note The FCC hearing aid compatibility rules for telephones are not applicable to
this equipment.
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a
computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless such
message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first
page of transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the business, other
entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending
machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided might not
be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long-distance
transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax machine, you should
complete the steps described in the software.
FCC statement
The United States Federal Communications Commission (in 47 CFR 15.105) has specified that
the following notice be brought to the attention of users of this product.
Declaration of Conformity: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits
for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference received, including interference that might cause undesired
operation. Class B limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy, and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, might cause
harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference
will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to
radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the
user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
●
●
●
Reorient the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
●
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
For more information, contact the Product Regulations Manager, Hewlett-Packard Company,
San Diego, (858) 655-4100.
The user might find the following booklet prepared by the Federal Communications Commission
helpful: How to Identify and Resolve Radio-TV Interference Problems. This booklet is available
from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington DC, 20402. Stock No. 004-000-00345-4.
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
Caution The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio frequency
exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device shall be used in such a manner that the
potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This product and any
attached external antenna, if supported, shall be placed in such a manner to minimize
the potential for human contact during normal operation. In order to avoid the possibility
User Guide
197
Technical information
Caution Pursuant to Part 15.21 of the FCC Rules, any changes or modifications to this
equipment not expressly approved by the Hewlett-Packard Company might cause
harmful interference and void the FCC authorization to operate this equipment.
Chapter 16
of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antenna
shall not be less than 20 cm (8 inches) during normal operation.
Note à l’attention des utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique canadien/notice to users
of the Canadian telephone network
Cet appareil est conforme aux spécifications techniques des équipements terminaux d’Industrie
Canada. Le numéro d’enregistrement atteste de la conformité de l’appareil. L’abréviation IC qui
précède le numéro d’enregistrement indique que l’enregistrement a été effectué dans le cadre
d’une Déclaration de conformité stipulant que les spécifications techniques d’Industrie Canada
ont été respectées. Néanmoins, cette abréviation ne signifie en aucun cas que l’appareil a été
validé par Industrie Canada.
Pour leur propre sécurité, les utilisateurs doivent s’assurer que les prises électriques reliées à la
terre de la source d’alimentation, des lignes téléphoniques et du circuit métallique d’alimentation
en eau sont, le cas échéant, branchées les unes aux autres. Cette précaution est
particulièrement importante dans les zones rurales.
Le numéro REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) attribué à chaque appareil terminal fournit une
indication sur le nombre maximal de terminaux qui peuvent être connectés à une interface
téléphonique. La terminaison d’une interface peut se composer de n’importe quelle combinaison
d’appareils, à condition que le total des numéros REN ne dépasse pas 5.
Basé sur les résultats de tests FCC Partie 68, le numéro REN de ce produit est 0.0B.
This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical
Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation IC before the
registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of
Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not imply
that Industry Canada approved the equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power
utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together.
This precaution might be particularly important in rural areas.
Note The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) assigned to each terminal device
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be connected to a
telephone interface. The termination on an interface might consist of any combination of
devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the Ringer Equivalence Numbers
of all the devices does not exceed 5.
The REN for this product is 0.0B, based on FCC Part 68 test results.
Notice to users in Japan
Technical information
VCCI-2
198
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Notice to users in Korea
Notice to users in the European Economic Area
This product is designed to be connected to the analog Switched Telecommunication Networks
(PSTN) of the European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions.
Network compatibility depends on customer selected settings, which must be reset to use the
equipment on a telephone network in a country/region other than where the product was
purchased. Contact the vendor or Hewlett-Packard Company if additional product support is
necessary.
This equipment has been certified by the manufacturer in accordance with Directive 1999/5/EC
(annex II) for Pan-European single-terminal connection to the public switched telephone network
(PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different
countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful
operation on every PSTN network termination point.
In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance.
This equipment is designed for DTMF tone dialing and loop disconnect dialing. In the unlikely
event of problems with loop disconnect dialing, it is recommended to use this equipment only
with the DTMF tone dial setting.
Notice to users of the German telephone network
This HP fax product is designed to connect only to the analogue public-switched telephone
network (PSTN). Please connect the TAE N telephone connector plug, provided with the HP Allin-One into the wall socket (TAE 6) code N. This HP fax product can be used as a single device
and/or in combination (in serial connection) with other approved terminal equipment.
Geräuschemission
LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz im Normalbetrieb nach DIN 45635 T. 19
This section contains regulatory information pertaining to wireless products.
Notice to users in Brazil
Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário, isto é, não tem direito á proteçáo contra
interferência prejudicial, mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e não pode causar interferência a
sistemas operando em caráter primário. (Res.ANATEL 282/2001)
User Guide
199
Technical information
Regulatory notices for wireless products
Chapter 16
Note à l’attention des utilisateurs canadiens/notice to users in Canada
For Indoor Use. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise
emissions from the digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the
Canadian Department of Communications. The internal wireless radio complies with RSS 210 of
Industry Canada.
For Indoor Use. Le présent appareil numérique n‘émet pas de bruit radioélectrique dépassant
les limites applicables aux appareils numériques de la classe B prescrites dans le Règlement sur
le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministère des Communications du Canada. Le
composant RF interne est conforme a la norme RSS-210 d’Industrie Canada.
ARIB STD-T66 (Japan)
Notice to users in the European Economic Area (wireless products)
Radio complies with the R&TTE Directive (1999/5/EC) issued by the Commission of the
European Community.
Notice to users in France
Technical information
Pour une utilisation en réseau sans fil 2,4 GHz de ce produit, certaines restrictions s'appliquent :
cet appareil peut être utilisé à l'intérieur des bâtiments sur toute la bande de fréquences
2400-2483,5 MHz (canaux 1 13). Pour une utilisation à l'extérieur des bâtiments, seule la partie
2454-2483,5 MHz (canaux 10 13) peut être utilisée. Pour connaître les dernières
réglementations en vigueur, consultez le site Web www.art-telecom.fr.
Declaration of conformity (European Economic Area)
The Declaration of Conformity in this document complies with ISO/IEC Guide 22 and EN 45014.
It identifies the product, manufacturer’s name and address, and applicable specifications
recognized in the European community.
200
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series declaration of conformity
Technical information
User Guide
201
Technical information
Chapter 16
202
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Index
Symbols/Numerics
10 x 15 cm photo paper
load 99
specifications 189
2-wire phone cord 168, 173
4 x 6 inch photo paper
load 99
specifications 189
4-wire phone cord 168, 173
802.11 wireless, configuration
page 80
802.3 wired, configuration
page 79
A
A4 paper
load 98
specifications 189
access point connection 59
access point HW address 84
accessories, order 144
ad hoc network 63
admin password 78
ADSL. See DSL
advanced network settings 75
AirPort 60
align printer 150
answer ring pattern 41, 55
answering machine
set up with fax 48, 50
troubleshoot 173
authentication type 83
B
backup fax reception 139
base station. See access point
connection
Bluetooth
configuration page 84
device address 84
device name 84
icon 10
order accessory 144
print from a computer 31
security 85
borderless photos
User Guide
copy 125
print from memory card 112
broadband Internet 61, 69
buttons, control panel 7
C
calling card, fax using 136, 137
cancel
button 8
copy 126
fax 142
print job 129
scan 133
cartridges. See ink cartridges
CAT-5 Ethernet cable 69
channel, wireless
communication 83
clean
exterior 146
glass 145
ink cartridge contacts 151
lid backing 145
print head 151
color graphics display
change language 156
change measurements 156
copy preview 124
icons 9
sleep mode 10
communication mode 82
CompactFlash 105
computer modem
set up with fax 45, 46, 50,
52
troubleshoot 168, 171
computer-to-computer
network 63
configuration page
802.11 wireless 80
802.3 wired 79
Bluetooth 84
general information 78
configuration source 79 81
confirmation reports, fax 141
connect
Ethernet 68
USB cable 30, 155
wired network 68
wireless, with access
point 59
wireless, without access
point 59
connection
Ethernet 31
printer sharing 33
problems, fax 168, 170
types 29
USB 30
wired network 31
wireless 31
control panel
buttons 7
enter text and symbols 14
overview 7
copy
button 9
cancel 126
crop an original 126
make a copy 123
menu 12
preview 124
specifications 192
correct port test, fax 165
country/region, set 27
credit card, fax using 136, 137
crop
copy 126
image 114
photos 112
customer support
contact 181
HP Quick Exchange
Service (Japan) 184
North America 182
outside U.S. 182
serial number 181
service ID 181
warranty 179
website 182
D
date 28
declaration of conformity
203
European Economic Area
200
U.S. 201
default gateway 79 81
default settings, restore 74
deselect
photos 109
videos 109
device address 84
device name 84
device update
Mac 177
Windows 176
dial tone test, failure 167
digital camera
connect 106, 107
PictBridge 106
distinctive ringing 41, 55
DNS server 80 81
documents
edit scanned 134
scan 131
down arrow 8
DSL, set up with fax 40
E
e-mail images 119, 133
Easy Print Wizard 113
edit
photos 112
scanned images 134
Embedded Web Server
access using web
browser 76
password settings 78
setup wizard 77
encryption
settings 84
WEP key 65
enter text and symbols 14
envelopes
load 101
specifications 189
environment
Environmental product
stewardship program
194
environmental
specifications 194
error reports, fax 141
European Union
Directive 2002/95/EC 195
recycling information 195
204
firmware version 78
forward images 120
four-wire phone cord 168, 173
front USB port 105
EWS. See Embedded Web
Server
F
fax
answer call 138
answer mode 54
answer ring pattern 55
answering machine, set
up 48, 50
answering machine,
troubleshoot 171, 173
auto answer 54
backup fax reception 139
button 8
cancel 142
computer modem, set up
45, 46, 50, 52
computer modem,
troubleshoot 168
distinctive ringing 41, 55
DSL, set up 40
enter text and symbols 14
header 57
ISDN line, set up 41
manual send 170
menu 13
monitor dialing 137
pause 14
PBX system, set up 41
phone cord 165, 168, 173
receive 138
reports 140
reprint 140
rings to answer 55
send 135
set up 34, 164
settings 54
specifications 192
speed dial 57
test failed 164
test setup 56
troubleshoot 164
voice mail, set up 44, 52
volume 28
FCC
requirements 196
statement 197
film
change original type 132
load 91
menu 11
scan 132
G
gateway, default setting 79, 81
general information,
configuration page 78
glass
clean 145
load original 91
greeting cards
load 102
specifications 189
H
Hagaki cards, load 100
hardware
fax setup test 164
troubleshoot setup 154
hardware address 79 80
header, fax 57
help
button 14
menu 14
other resources 19
use onscreen Help 21
hostname 78
HP Instant Share
configure 121
features 119
forward images 120
icons 10
menu 13
print images 120
receive images 119
remote printing 121
send images 117, 119,
133
HP Solution Center, missing
icons 161
I
images
e-mail 133
edit scanned 134
forward 120
print automatically 120
receive from HP Instant
Share 119
save backup 121
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Index
scan 131
send using HP Instant
Share 119, 133
share 119, 133
view before printing 120
infrastructure mode 59
ink cartridges
check ink levels 146
clean contacts 151
order 143
replace 148
troubleshoot 156, 176
ink levels
check 146
icons 9
input tray capacities 189
install software
troubleshoot 154
Instant Share. See HP Instant
Share
interface card 60
Internet, broadband 61, 69
IP
address 78, 79 81
settings 75
ISDN line, set up with fax 41
J
jams, paper 103, 158, 175
K
keypad
8, 14
L
labels
load 102
specifications 189
language, set 27
left arrow 8
legal paper
load 98
specifications 189
letter paper
load 98
specifications 189
lid backing, clean 145
line condition test, fax 168
link
configuration 80
speed 75
load
10 x 15 cm photo paper 99
User Guide
4 x 6 inch photo paper 99
A4 paper 98
documents 91
envelopes 101
full-size paper 98
greeting cards 102
Hagaki cards 100
labels 102
legal paper 98
letter paper 98
negatives 91
original 91
oversized original 95
panorama photo paper 100
photos 91
postcards 100
slides 91
transparencies 102
M
MAC address 79 80
Magic Gate Memory Stick 105
maintenance
align printer 150
check ink levels 146
clean exterior 146
clean glass 145
clean lid backing 145
clean print head 151
replace ink cartridges 148
self-test report 147
make a copy 123
manual
receive, fax 138
send, fax 136, 137
mDNS service name 78
media. See paper
Media Access Control (MAC)
address 79, 80
memory
reprint faxes 140
save faxes 139
memory cards
CompactFlash 105
e-mail photos 117
insert 116
Memory Stick 105
MultiMediaCard (MMC) 105
overview 105
print photos 112
proof sheet 114
save files to computer 116
scan to 132
Secure Digital 105
security 76
share photos 117
slots 105
SmartMedia 105
specifications 193
xD 105
Memory Stick 105
modem. See computer modem
monitor dialing 137
MultiMediaCard (MMC) 105
N
negatives
change original type 132
load 91
scan 132
network
advanced settings 75
connection type 78
interface card 60
name 82
restore settings 74
security 65, 87
status 78
upgrade 72
O
OK button 8
on button 7
order
accessories 144
ink cartridges 143
paper 143
Setup Guide 144
software 144
User Guide 144
original type 132
oversized books, load 95
P
panorama photo paper
load 100
specifications 189
paper
incompatible types 96
jams 103, 175
load 98
order 143
paper sizes 190
recommended types 96
specifications 189
205
troubleshoot 175
paper tray capacities 189
parallel phone system 35
passkey, Bluetooth 84
password, Embedded Web
Server 78
PBX system, set up with fax 41
PC modem. See computer
modem
peer-to-peer network 63
phone
receive fax 138
send fax 136
phone cord
check 165
connection, failure 165
extend 173
phone line, answer ring
pattern 55
phone numbers, customer
support 181
photo
button 7
menu 10
photo paper
load 99
specifications 189
photo tray
menu 14
select 97
photos
adaptive lighting 116
borderless 112
complete proof sheet 115
connect PictBridge
camera 106
connect storage device 107
crop and print 114
date stamp 116
e-mail 117, 133
Easy Print Wizard 113
edit 112, 134
forward 120
image size 116
insert memory card 105
layout 116
number of copies 116
paper size 116
paper type 116
print automatically 120
print defaults 116
print proof sheet 114
print selected 113
206
print settings 116
receive from HP Instant
Share 119
save backup 121
scan proof sheet 116
select 109
send using HP Instant
Share 117, 119, 133
set print options 116
share 117, 119, 133
slideshow 108
smart focus 116
tray select 116
use features 105
view 108, 109, 120
physical specifications 194
PictBridge 106
postcards
load 100
specifications 189
power specifications 194
preview copy 124
print
cancel job 129
Easy Print Wizard 113
fax reports 140
faxes 140
from computer 127
from software application
127
images 120
options, photo 116
photos from memory card
112
print options 128
proof sheet 114
received images 120
remotely 121
scan 134
selected photos 113
selected videos 113
self-test report 147
specifications 191
print head
assembly stalled 158
clean 151
print margin specifications 191
printer found screen,
Windows 71
printer sharing 33
printer, align 150
proof sheet
fill in 115
menu 11
print 114
scan 116
R
radio, turn off 74
Readme file 154
receive fax
auto answer mode 54
automatically 138
manually 138
rings to answer 55
troubleshoot problems
168, 171
receive images
print automatically 120
save backup 121
view before printing 120
recycle
HP All-in-One 195
ink cartridges 195
regulatory notices
ARIB STD-T66 (Japan) 200
Canadian statement 198
China 195
declaration of conformity
(European Economic
Area) 200
declaration of conformity
(U.S.) 201
Directive 2002/95/EC 195
FCC requirements 196
FCC statement 197
geräuschemission 199
notice to users in Brazil 199
notice to users in Canada
200
notice to users in France
200
notice to users in Japan
(VCCI-2) 198
notice to users in Korea
199
notice to users in the
European Economic
Area 199, 200
notice to users of the
German telephone
network 199
power cord statement 198
regulatory model
identification number
196
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
Index
WEEE 195
reinstall software 162
remote printing 121
replace ink cartridges 148
reports
confirmation, fax 141
error, fax 141
fax test failed 164
self-test 147
reprint faxes in memory 140
resources 19
restore network defaults 74
return your device 184
right arrow 8
rings to answer 55
RJ-45 plug 69
rotate button 8
router 70
S
save
backup images 121
faxes in memory 139
images 121
photos to computer 116
received images 121
scanned image 131
scan
button 8
cancel 133
change original type 132
documents 131
e-mail images 133
edit image 134
features 131
from control panel 131
menu 13
negatives 132
photos 131
print 134
proof sheet 116
save to computer 131
save to memory card 132
save to storage device 132
share images 133
slides 132
specifications 193
stop 133
to memory card 132
scan glass
clean 145
load original 91
Secure Digital 105
User Guide
security
Bluetooth 85
memory card 76
network, WEP key 61,
65, 67, 70, 82, 83, 84
storage device 76
troubleshoot 65, 67, 76
select
photos 109
videos 109
self-test report 147
send fax
basic fax 135
calling card, using 136, 137
credit card, using 136, 137
manually 136, 137, 170
monitor dialing 137
send images 119
serial number 181
serial phone system 35
service ID 181
settings
country/region 27
date and time 28
fax 54
language 27
network 73
print options 128
restore defaults 74
setup
answering machine 48, 50
button 9
computer modem 45, 46,
50, 52
connection information 29
distinctive ringing 41, 55
DSL 40
fax 34
ISDN line 41
menu 13
PBX system 41
separate fax line 39
shared phone line 43
test fax 56
troubleshoot fax 164
voice mail 44, 52
share images 119
sharing 72
signal strength 82
sleep mode 10
slide and negative film holder
load 91
replace in lid 94
slides
change original type 132
load 91
scan 132
slideshow 108
Smart Key 61
SmartMedia 105
software application, print
from 127
software installation
reinstall 162
troubleshoot 159
uninstall 162
software update. See device
update
sound, adjust volume 28
specifications. See technical
information
speed dial
create entries 57, 58
send fax 135
set up 57
SSID
troubleshoot 85
wireless setting 82
stalled print head assembly
158
start black 8
start color 8
status, network 78
stop
copy 126
fax 142
print job 129
scan 133
storage device
connect 107
security 76
subnet mask 79 81
subscriber identification code
57
symbols, enter 14
system requirements 189
T
technical information
copy specifications 192
environmental
specifications 194
fax specifications 192
memory card
specifications 193
memory specifications 194
207
paper sizes 190
paper specifications 189
paper tray capacities 189
physical specifications 194
power specifications 194
print margin
specifications 191
print specifications 191
scan specifications 193
system requirements 189
weight 194
wireless specifications 199
telephone
receive fax 138
send fax 136
telephone line, answer ring
pattern 55
telephone numbers, customer
support 181
telephone wall jack, fax 165
test
dial tone 167
fax hardware test 164
fax line condition 168
fax port 165
fax setup 56
fax test failed 164
phone cord 165
telephone wall jack 165
text, enter 14
time 28
total packets
received 80 84
transmitted 80 84
transparencies
load 102
specifications 189
troubleshoot
access point 87, 88
answering machine 173
fax 164
hardware setup 154
incorrect measurements
156
ink cartridges 156, 176
jams, paper 103, 158, 175
language, display 156
low signal 88
memory device problem 88
network connection 86
operational tasks 174
paper 175
Passphrase, invalid 87
208
printer not found 88
Readme file 154
receive faxes 168, 171
resources 19
send faxes 168, 170
setup 154
software installation 159
stalled print head
assembly 158
TCP/IP 88
USB cable 155
WEP key 87
wireless setup 88
wireless setup wizard 85
two-sided printing accessory
jams, troubleshoot 175
two-wire phone cord 168, 173
WEP key, setup 65
wired connection icons 9
wireless
connection icons 9, 10
radio, turn off 74
setup wizard,
troubleshoot 85
status 82
troubleshoot 88
X
xD
105
Z
zoom buttons 8
U
uninstall software 162
up arrow 8
upgrade to network 72
URL 78
USB
installation, troubleshoot
155
port speed 30
V
video, menu 11
videos
adjust volume 108
buttons 108
features 108
print selected 113
select 109
use features 105
view 108
view
photos and videos 108
slideshow 108
visibility, Bluetooth 85
visual keyboard 14
voice mail
set up with fax 44, 52
troubleshoot 171
volume, adjust 28, 108
W
wall jack test, fax
warranty 179
Webscan 34
165
HP Photosmart 3300 All-in-One series
© 2005 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
Electronic Edition
www.hp.com
*Q5861-90223*
*Q5861-90223*
Q5861-90223
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement